Skip to main content

Full text of "The naturalist's library"

See other formats


W  .,",-'•'•••       '    •' 


CASE 


^       OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 


TJBl'E 


HATOTLAJLIST'S 


Iinlitin\  ( iitrlunn  t/H-  Gymnatof. 


LONDON'.  IIKXWY  G.  BOHI, 

YORK  STREET,  COVENT  GARDEN 


THE 


NATUEALIST'S  LIBEAEY. 


EDITED   BY 

SIR  WILLIAM  JARDINE,  BART., 

F.B.S.E.,  F.L.S.,   ETC.,    ETC. 


OF  THE 

TINIYEESITY 


EESITY  \\ 


ICHTHYOLOGY. 

FISHES  OF  BRITISH  GUIANA— PART  n. 
BY  R.  H.  SCHOMBURGK,  ESQ. 


EDINBUKGH  :     . 
W.  H.  LIZARS,  3,  ST.  JAMES'   SQUARE. 

LONDON : 
HENRY  G.  BOHN,  YORK  ST.,  COYENT  GARDEN. 


BIOLOGY 

LIBRARY 

6 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHARDT  .  •  ,  .  17 

THE  FISHES  OF  GUIANA. — INTRODUCTION  .  129 

DESCRIPTIONS  .  .  .  •  J31 

Guiana  Gar-fish. 

JBelone  Gwa/nensis.  Plate  I.  •  •  •  131 

Red-bellied  Sciena. 

Scicena?  rubella  .  .  •  .133 

Corvina  .....  o  135 

The  Corvina  of  the  Essequibo. 

Corvwa  grwmiens.  Plate  It  .  .  136 

Cychla 138 

Large-lipped  Cychla. 

CycUa  Idbrwa.  Plate  III.  .  .  .139 

Banded  Cychla. 

Cychla  fasciata.  Plate  IV.  .  ,  141 

Red-headed  Cychla. 

Cychla?  rutilcms.  Plate  V.  .  .  '142 

Yellow-spotted  Cychla. 

Cychla  jiavo-maculata.  Plate  VI.  .  .  145 

Black-blotched  Cychla. 

Cychla  nigro-maculata.  Plate  VII.  .  .  147 

Argus  Cychla. 

Cychla  argus.  Plate  VIII.  .  .  .149 

Triple-banded  Cychla. 

Cychla  trifasciata.     Plate  IX.     .  .151 


CONTENTS. 

Red-spotted  Cychla.  PAGE 

CycUa  ?  rubro-ocellata.  Plate  X.  .  .153 

Centrarchus  .  .  .  .  .155 

Cychla-like  Centrarchus. 

Centrarchus  cychla.  Plate  XL  .  .  ,  157 

Dark  Centrarchus. 

Centrarchus  niger.  Plate  XII.  .  .  .  159 

Dark-marked  Centrarchus. 

Centrarchus  notatus.  Plate  XIII.  .  .  1 60 

Black-banded  Centrarchus. 

Centrarchus^  vittatus.  Plate  XIV.  .  .  161 

Long-snouted  Centrarchus. 

Centrarchus  W  rostratus.  Plate  XV.  .  .  163 

Blue-finned  Centrarchus. 

Centrarchus  ?  cyanopterus.  Plate  XVI.  .  .  1 65 

Pomotis  ...  16" 

Black-banded  Pomotis. 

Pomotis  ?  fasciata.  .  .  .  169 

Bono  of  the  Warrau  Indians. 

Pomotis  t   Plate  XVII.  .  .  .171 

Gymnotus      .  .  .  .  .  .172 

Electric  Gymnotus. 

Gyvmotus  ekctri&as.  Plate  XVIII.  .  .  173 

Irregularly  Banded  Gymnotus. 

Gymnotus  fasciatus.    Plate  XIX.  .  .174 

Trygon  ......         175 

Many-spined  Trygon. 

Trigon  histrix  ?  Plate  XX.  .  .  .180 

Ocellated  Trygon. 

Trygon  garrapa.  Plate  XXI.  .  ,  .182 

Round- winged  Trygon. 

Trygon  strogylopterus.  Plate  XXII.  .  .  183 

Spine-tailed  Elipesurus.  * 

Elipesurus  spinicauda.  Plate  XXIII.  .  .  184 

Parker's  Silurus. 

Silurus  Parkerii.  Plate  XXIV.  .  .  188 

Pristigaster  .  .  .  .  .191 

Hydrocyon  .  .  .  .  .193 


CONTENTS. 

Blunt-tootned  Curimata.  PAGE 

C'wrimatus  obtusidens.  Plate  XXV.  .  .  195 

Single  Ocellated  Cychla. 

Cychla  monoculus.  Plate  XXVI.  .  .  197 

Cychla  of  the  Oronoco. 

Cychla  Orinocensis.  Plate  XXVII.  .  .  19£ 

The  Pacamah  of  Guiana. 

Lophius  ?  pacamah.  Plate  XXVIII.  .  .  202 

The  Guavina  of  Tacarigua. 

Erythrinus  guavina.  Plate  XXIX.  .  .  207 

Unarmed  Eremophilus. 

Eremophilus  mutisii.  Plate  XXX.  Fig.  1.  .  209 
The  Pimelodus  of  the  Volcanos. 

Pimelodus  cydopum.    PI.  XXX.  Kg.  2.  .        212 

PORTRAIT  OF  BURCKHARDT  *  2 

Vignette  Title-page  ....  3 


In  all  Thirty-two  JPlates  in  this  Volume. 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 


L0 


JOHN  LEWIS  BuRCKH'AlTDTrtne  celebrated  Oriental 
traveller,  although  a  foreigner  by  birth,  is  so  inti- 
mately associated  with  the  exertions  of  British 
enterprise  in  the  cause  of  physical  and  geographical 
discovery,  that  England  may  justly  claim  him  as 
her  adopted  son.  Although  not  professedly  a  na- 
turalist, yet  his  labours,  like  those  of  Bruce,  the 
explorer  of  the  Nile,  have  indirectly  contributed  to 
the  advancement  of  natural  science,  and  established 
a  claim  for  him  to  have  his  name  enrolled  among 
those  eminent  men  whose  lives  have  been  exclu- 
sively or  professionally  devoted  to  scientific  pur- 
suits. 

Mr.  Burckhardt  was  descended  from  a  highly 
respectable  Swiss  family,  and  born  at  Lausanne  in 
1784.  He  was  the  eighth  child  of  Colonel  John 
Rodolph  Burckhardt,  commonly  called  Burckhardt 
of  Kirshgarten,  from  the  name  of  his  mansion  in 
the  city  of  Basle,  where  his  ancestors  had  long  re- 
sided. Until  the  unprovoked  invasion  of  Switzer- 
land by  the  Republican  arms  of  France,  there  was 


18  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

no  country  in  Europe  in  which  happiness  and  con- 
tentment more  generally  prevailed  among  the  inha- 
bitants ;  for  notwithstanding  the  variety  of  govern- 
ments and  independent  commonwealths  within  that 
small  territory,  a  mild  spirit  of  liherty  pervaded 
their  several  constitutions ;  the  property  of  the  sub- 
ject was  secured  against  every  kind  of  violation; 
and  so  little  were  the  people  actuated  by  the  spirit 
of  conquest,  that  from  the  establishment  of  their 
general  Confederacy  until  the  disastrous  epoch  re- 
ferred to,  they  scarcely  ever  found  occasion  to 
oppose  a  foreign  enemy,  and  had  no  commotions 
among  themselves  except  such  as  were  easily  ter- 
minated by  the  authority  of  the  Helvetic  Union. 

Such  was  the  fortunate  and  peaceful  condition  of 
the  Swiss  cantons  wheri  Burckhardt  of  Kirshgarten 
began  life.  His  prospects,  however,  were  soon 
blighted  by  the  desolating  hurricane  of  the  French 
revolution,  from  the  very  commencement  of  which 
he  became  involved  in  a  series  of  difficulties  and 
dangers  which  at  one  time  had  nearly  brought  him 
to  the  scaffold.  The  aggressions  of  France  upon  the 
Austrian  dominions  kindled  a  war  which  spread  its 
ravages  along  the  Rhine  and  beyond  the  Alps  as 
far  as  the  Po.  After  five  successive  campaigns,  the 
Imperial  legions  were  driven  from  the  field  with 
the  loss  of  the  Netherlands  and  Northern  Italy, 
where  Bonaparte  had  given  proof  of  his  extraordi- 
nary military  talents  by  defeating  in  almost  every 
encounter  the  bravest  troops  and  the  best  generals 
T  the  Emperor. 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  19 

It  was  at  the  close  of  this  war,  in  1796-97,  that 
Colonel  Burckhardt  found  himself  marked  out  as 
one  of  the  many  victims  that  were  sacrificed  to  the 
demon  of  revolutionary  fury.  On  the  accusation  of 
having  been  concerned  in  betraying  the  tete-du-pont 
at  Huningen,  near  Basle,  to  the  Austrians,  when 
they  besieged  that  fortress,  he  was  tried  for  his  life 
by  the  French  party  in  his  native  city ;  and  al- 
though in  consequence  of  the  undoubted  proofs  of 
his  innocence  adduced  in  court  he  was  released 
from  prison,  he  found  it  impossible  to  remain  in  the 
power  of  his  enemies,  having  certain  information 
that  he  was  among  the  number  of  those  who  were  to 
be  destroyed  either  by  secret  machination  or  open 
violence.  Quitting  his  paternal  mansion,  where  he 
could  no  longer  reside  in  safety,  he  entered  into  a 
Swiss  corps  in  English  pay;  but  was  under  the 
necessity  of  leaving  his  wife  and  children  at  Basle, 
to  save  the  family,  if  possible,  from  total  ruin. 

In  this  forlorn  situation,  his  son  John  Lewis  be- 
came a  daily  witness  of  the  miseries  which  the 
country  suffered  from  the  devastations  of  the  French 
Republicans.  The  effect  of  these  distressing  scenes 
was  to  inspire  him,  at  a  very  early  age,  with  a  de- 
testation of  their  principles,  and  a  resolution  never 
to  live  under  their  yoke.  So  deeply  rooted  was  his 
abhorrence  of  their  revolutionary  doctrines,  that  he 
longed  to  serve  in  the  army  of  some  nation  which 
should  be  at  war  with  France ;  but  at  his  youthful 
period  of  life  it  was  necessary  first  to  complete  his 
education,  which,  with  the  exception  of  two  years 


20  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

in  an  establishment  at  Neuchatel,  had  been  hitherto 
conducted  under  the  care  of  a  domestic  tutor  re- 
siding in  the  family. 

In  1800,  our  traveller,  having  then  reached  the 
age  of  sixteen,  was  carried  by  his  father  to  the 
University  of  Leipzig ;  and  from  thence,  after  a 
stay  of  nearly  four  years,  he  was  removed  to  Got- 
tingen.  In  both  places,  his  exemplary  conduct  and 
high  sense  of  honour,  his  distinguished  talents  and 
ardent  zeal  for  knowledge,  insured  him  universal 
respect  and  esteem ;  while  a  remarkable  frankness, 
cheerfulness,  kindness,  and  equanimity  of  temper, 
made  him  particularly  beloved  by  his  more  intimate 
associates.  After  leaving  Gottingen  in  1805,  he 
returned  to  his  father,  and  also  paid  a  short  visit  to 
his  mother,  who  still  remained  at  Basle.  The  state 
of  Europe  at  that  time  was  such  as  to  hold  out  but 
small  chance  of  enabling  him  to  gratify  his  military 
propensities.  There  was  scarcely  a  nation  on  the 
continent  which  was  not  either  subject  to  the 
French,  or  in  alliance  with  them  ;  and  for  this 
reason  he  declined  an  offer  to  engage  in  a  diplo- 
matic mission,  made  to  him  by  one  of  the  royal 
courts  of  Germany. 

Uncertain  what  plan  to  pursue,  he  at  length  re- 
solved upon  proceeding  to  England,  in  the  hope  of 
meeting  some  employment  congenial  to  his  wishes 
in  the  service  of  this  country.  In  the  month  of 
July,  1806,  he  arrived  in  London,  bringing  with 
him  several  excellent  letters  of  introduction,  among 
which  was  one  from  the  celebrated  Blumenbach, 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  &* 

Professor  of  Natural  History  at  Gottingen,  to  Sir 
Joseph  Banks,  President  of  the  Royal  Society,  and 
one  of  the  most  active  members  of  the  committee 
of  the  Association  for  promoting  discovery  in  the 
interior  of  Africa.  This  accidental  circumstance 
gave  a  new  impulse  to  the  enterprising  genius  of 
Burckhardt,  and  determined  the  future  course  of 
his  life. 

A  desire  to  explore  Africa  had  at  an  early  period 
turned  the  attention  of  European  nations  to  that 
unknown  portion  of  the  globe.  At  first  these  ad- 
venturers were  satisfied  with  making  discoveries 
along  the  western  coasts ;  but  hearing  afterwards  of 
the  golden  treasures  stored  in  the  markets  of  Tim- 
buctoo,  they  directed  their  researches  towards  the 
central  region,  in  the  hope  of  penetrating  to  that 
mysterious  El  Dorado  of  the  desert.  Portugal,  fot 
a  certain  time,  took  the  lead  in  the  career  of  mari- 
time and  commercial  enterprise,  and  was  foremost 
in  the  grand  movement  which  took  place  about  the 
end  of  the  fifteenth  century  in  behalf  of  science, 
civilisation,  religion,  and  industry.  Its  local  posi- 
tion, its  wars  and  expeditions  against  Morocco, 
naturally  pointed  out  the  western  shores  of  Africa 
as  the  best  field  for  the  discovery ;  and  in  a  short 
time  the  fertile  districts  watered  by  the  Senegal  and 
the  Gambia  were  reached  by  the  Portuguese  navi- 
gators. 

Their  progress  gradually  extended  to  the  Gold 
Coast  in  1471,  and  thence  to  the  Congo  River, 
which  they  ascended,  and  opened  a  friendly  inter- 


22  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHAEDT. 

course  with  the  natives  \  the  king  submitting  to  the 
rite  of  baptism,  and  allowing  free  scope  to  the 
Catholic  missionaries  to  erect  churches  and  labour 
in  the  conversion  of  his  subjects.  According  to 
some  accounts,  their  ambassadors  penetrated  as  far 
as  Timbuctoo,  not  in  quest  of  worldly  riches,  but  in 
prosecuting  their  indefatigable  efforts  to  trace  the 
abode  of  Prester  John.  If  this  adventurous  journey 
failed  in  its  pious  object,  it  gained  the  Portuguese  a 
more  complete  knowledge  of  Central  Africa  than 
was  ever  attained  in  Europe  until  a  very  recent 
period.  Most  of  this  intelligence,  however,  has 
either  perished,  or  still  remains  locked  up  in  the 
national  archives. 

The  Dutch,  who  had  risen  in  the  seventeenth 
century  to  the  first  rank  as  a  naval  power,  next 
became  masters  of  the  trade  and  settlements  of  the 
western  coasts ;  but  they  were  soon  dispossessed  by 
their  successful  rivals,  the  French  and  English, 
whose  avarice  was  doubly  stimulated  by  the  flat- 
tering reports,  then  prevalent  in  Europe,  of  the 
magnitude  of  the  gold  trade  carried  on  at  Timbuc- 
too and  along  the  Niger,  which  was  represented  as 
surpassing  in  value  the  dazzling  treasures  of  Mexico 
and  Peru. 

According  to  all  the  geographical  systems  of  that 
age,  the  great  river  Niger,  which  watered  the  inte- 
irior  of  the  continent  and  carried  vast  quantities  of 
that  precious  metal  in  its  alluvion,  was  understood 
to  empty  itself  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean  either  by 
the  Senegal  or  Gambia,  or  both.  Hence  by  ascend- 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  23 

ing  either  of  those  streams,  it  was  deemed  possible 
to  reach  the  golden  city  of  the  wilderness,  whose 
wealth  was  considered  full  compensation  for  all  the 
dangers  and  fatigues  to  be  encountered  in  approach- 
ing it.  The  accomplishment  of  this  object  became 
a  favourite  enterprise  with  several  European  na- 
tions. 

In  1618,  an  English  company  was  formed  for 
exploring  the  Gambia;  and  that  same  year,  Mr. 
Richard  Thompson  was  sent  out  with  a  vessel  of 
1 20  tons,  and  a  cargo  worth  nearly  £,  2000  sterling. 
This  expedition,  however,  and  several  others  which 
followed,  proved  unsuccessful,  and  led  to  nothing 
but  a  better  acquaintance  with  the  inhabitants,  ani- 
mals, and  productions  of  these  hitherto  unknown 
countries.  The  only  gold  heard  of,  existed  in  the 
descriptions  of  the  natives,  in  mines  which  nobody 
has  yet  discovered,  or  on  the  roofs  of  cities  which 
always  happened  to  lie  three  or  four  months'  jour- 
ney into  the  interior. 

Whilst  the  English  sought  to  penetrate  to  Tim- 
buctoo  by  ascending  the  Gambia,  the  Senegal  was 
the  branch  which  the  French  identified  with  the 
Niger,  and  by  which  they  endeavoured  to  attain  the 
same  object.  About  the  year  1626  they  founded 
the  settlement  of  St.  Louis  at  the  mouth  of  that 
river,  and  this,  until  lately,  continued  to  be  the 
capital  of  their  possessions  in  Africa.  M.  Janne- 
quin,  the  Sieur  Brue,  and  some  other  adventurers, 
explored  the  country  to  the  distance  of  four  hundred 
miles  from  the  coast,  and  these  efforts  were  conti- 


24  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

nued  at  intervals  till  the  close  of  the  seventeenth 
century.  The  only  geographical  fact  of  any  im- 
portance, if  it  deserve  the  name,  was  a  report  that 
the  Niger  did  not  flow  westward  by  the  two  sepa- 
rate channels  of  the  Gambia  and  the  Senegal,  but 
was  distinct  from  both  these  rivers,  and  passed  east- 
ward beyond  Timbuctoo.  This  opinion,  now  found 
to  be  the  more  correct  theory,  was  adopted  by  the 
learned  geographers  Delille  and  D'Anville,  although 
a  contrary  belief  continued  until  within  these  last 
few  years  to  prevail  generally  among  the  learned  in 
Europe. 

The  imperfect  success  which  had  attended  these 
earlier  attempts  to  penetrate  the  interior  of  Africa, 
and  the  unseemly  blank  which  still  covered  the  map 
of  that  vast  continent,  at  length  roused  the  attention 
of  several  public-spirited  individuals  in  London,'who 
considered  it  discreditable  to  a  great  maritime  and 
commercial  nation,  as  well  as  to  the  sciences  upon 
which  the  extension  of  geographical  knowledge  de- 
pends, that  a  country  so  interesting,  and  opening  up 
apparently  so  many  new  channels  for  trade,  should 
be  allowed  to  remain  a  sort  of  terra  incognita, 
whilst  the  remotest  extremities  of  land  and  sea  in 
other  quarters  of  the  world  had  been  reached  and 
explored  by  British  enterprise. 

Accordingly,  in  the  year  1788,  the  individuals 
referred  to,  with  a  view  to  remove  this  reproach, 
formed  themselves  into  a  Society  called  the  African 
Association,  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  disco- 
veries in  the  interior  of  that  extensive  continent. 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  25 

They  subscribed  the  necessary  funds,  and  sought 
out  persons  duly  qualified  and  possessed  of  suffi- 
cient courage  to  undertake  such  distant  and  perilous 
missions.  A  committee,  which  afterwards  embraced 
several  noblemen,  clergymen,  members  of  parlia- 
ment, and  men  of  science,  was  appointed ;  consisting 
of  Lord  Rawdon  (afterwards  Marquis  of  Hastings), 
Sir  Joseph  Banks,  the  Bishop  of  Llandaff,  Mr. 
Beaufoy,  and  Mr.  Stuart,  who  were  nominated 
managers. 

It  might  be  supposed  that  the  mere  offer  to 
defray  travelling  expenses,  which  was  all  the  So- 
ciety's finances  could  afford,  would  be  no  great 
temptation  to  induce  persons  endowed  with  the 
requisite  qualifications  to  embark  in  journeys  beset 
with  dangers  and  difficulties  of  no  ordinary  kind. 
Yet  it  so  happened,  that  men  eminently  fitted  for 
the  task  presented  themselves,  even  in  greater  num- 
bers than  the  Association  could  receive.  It  is  true, 
that  for  some  time  the  progress  of  discovery,  from 
various  unfortunate  accidents,  was  not  at  all  com- 
mensurate with  the  alacrity  or  the  ability  evinced 
by  those  ardent  adventurers  who  engaged  in  pursuit 
of  this  very  important  object.  Ledyard,  the  first 
that  offered  his  services,  sailed  for  Cairo,  where  he 
arrived  on  the  19th  of  August,  1788,  intending  to 
proceed  to  Sennaar,  and  thence  to  traverse  the  entire 
breadth  of  the  African  continent.  But  he  died  in 
Egypt,  before  the  caravan  was  ready  to  start,  with 
which  he  had  proposed  to  take  his  departure. 

The  SonHy  next  entered  into  terms  with  Mr. 


26  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

Lucas,  who  bad  instructions  to  take  the  most  direct 
route  from  Tripoli  into  the  interior;  but  the  re- 
bellious state  of  the  Arabs  obliged  him  to  return, 
and  he  made  no  farther  efforts  to  prosecute  his 
journey.  The  expedition  of  Major  Houghton,  who 
undertook  the  attempt  to  reach  the  Niger  by  travel- 
ling along  the  banks  of  the  Gambia,  was  not  more 
fortunate ;  and  on  being  informed  of  his  death,  the 
Association  accepted  the  proffered  services  of  Mungo 
Park,  one  of  the  most  courageous  and  persevering 
adventurers  that  ever  set  foot  in  Africa.  He  set  out 
on  his  first  journey  in  May  1795,  and  returned  in 
the  beginning  of  1798,  with  the  reputation  of  hav- 
ing made  more  splendid  discoveries  than  any  of  his 
predecessors.  His  second  attempt,  which  was  in 
1805,  was  on  a  larger  scale;  but  it  proved  his  last, 
and  several  years  elapsed  before  any  certain  tidings 
of  his  fate  reached  Europe. 

Meantime,  however,  the  field  of  African  explora- 
tion had  been  occupied  with  other  adventurers, 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Association.  Frederic 
Horneman,  a  student  of  the  University  of  Gottingen, 
having  been  strongly  recommended  to  Sir  Joseph 
Banks  by  Professor  Blumenbach,  was  despatched 
in  1797  to  Egypt,  having  previously  qualified  him- 
self by  a  competent  knowledge  of  the  Arabic  lan- 
guage, and  acquiring  such  other  accomplishments  as 
were  fitted  to  support  the  character  which  he  in- 
tended to  assume,  of  an  Arab  and  a  Mussulman, 
under  which  disguise  he  hoped  to  elude  the  effects 
of  that  ferocious  bigotry  which  had  opposed  so 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKSARDT.  27 

fatal  a  bar  to  the  progress  of  his  predecessors.  He 
reached  Egypt  in  September  1797,  and  next  year, 
having  proceeded  westward  with  the  caravan  for 
Fezzan,  he  visited  Siwah,  Mourzouk,  and  Tripoli. 
In  1800,  he  directed  his  course  southward,  and  for 
two  years  no  accounts  of  him  were  received  by  the 
African  Association.  In  1803,  it  was  reported  he 
was  residing  in  safety  at  Kashna,  but  Major  Denham 
afterwards  learned  that  he  had  fallen  a  victim  to 
the  climate,  after  penetrating  as  far  as  Nyffe  on  the 
Niger,  which  he  was  erroneously  informed  by  the 
Arabs  flowed  into  the  White  River,  the  main  artery 
of  the  Nile. 

The  Society  found  others  willing  to  undertake 
the  perilous  experiment  of  African  discovery.  Mr. 
Nicholls,  in  1804,  had  to  make  his  way  into  the  in- 
terior from  the  Gulf  of  Benin ;  while  another  German, 
named  Roentgen,  also  recommended  by  Professor 
Blumenbach,  chose  the  route  by  Morocco ;  but  both 
died  at  the  very  commencement  of  their  journey. 

It  is  not  connected  with  our  purpose  to  give  any 
account  of  the  numerous  subsequent  adventurers 
who  embarked  in  the  same  enterprise,  either  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Society  or  in  expeditions  fitted 
out  by  the  British  government.  The  successive  at- 
tempts made  by  Riley,  Tuckey,  Campbell,  Laing, 
Gray,  Ritchie,  Lyon,  Denham,  Oudney,  Clapperton, 
and  the  Landers,  although  directed  to  the  same  ob- 
ject, were  applied  to  regions  very  different  from 
those  explored  with  so  much  success  by  the  indi- 
vidual who  forms  the  subject  of  this  Memoir. 


28  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

At  the  time  when  Burckhardt  arrived  in  London, 
and  was  introduced  to  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  the  Afri- 
can Association  had  begun  to  despair  of  any  farther 
intelligence  from  Mr.  Horneman,  and  in  course  of 
the  following  year  they  received  notice  of  the  death 
of  Mr.  Henry  Nicholls  at  Old  Calabar,  in  the  bight 
of  Benin.  The  result  of  the  information  which 
they  had  obtained  from  those  travellers  who  had 
examined  the  western  parts  of  Africa,  as  compared 
with  that  transmitted  by -Mr.  Horneman  from  the 
east,  had  now  rendered  it  advisable  to  make  a 
new  attempt  in  the  latter  direction.  These  wishes 
of  the  Association  soon  became  known  to  Burck- 
hardt,  through  his  acquaintance  with  some  of  the 
leading  members.  To  a  mind  like  his,  equally 
characterised  by  courage,  a  love  of  science,  and  a 
spirit  of  enterprise,  such  an  undertaking  held  out 
peculiar  attractions,  and  accordingly  it  was  not  long 
before  he  had  made  an  offer  of  his  services  to  Sir 
Joseph  Banks  and  the  Kev.  Dr.  Hamilton,  who  was 
at  that  time  treasurer  and  acting  secretary  of  the 
Association. 

This  latter  gentleman,  perceiving  him  to  be  un- 
dismayed by  the  strong  representations  of  danger 
which  he  considered  it  right  to  make  to  a  person  of 
Burckhardt's  birth  and  education,  and  having  found 
him  admirably  adapted  to  the  task  by  his  natural 
and  acquired  attainments,  as  well  as  by  the  vigour 
of  his  constitution,  laid  his  proposal  before  the 
Association  at  their  next  general  meeting  in  May 
J  808 ;  the  offer  was  willingly  accepted,  and  on  the 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  29 

25th  of  January,  1809,  our  traveller  received  his 
instructions,  having  diligently  employed  the  interval 
in  London  and  Cambridge  in  the  study  of  the 
Arabic  tongue,  and  of  those  branches  of  science 
which  were  most  necessary  to  discharge  with  suc- 
cess the  duties  he  was  about  to  undertake.  He 
attended  lectures  on  chemistry,  astronomy,  mine- 
ralogy, medicine,  and  surgery ;  and  in  the  in- 
tervals of  his  studies,  he  exercised  himself  by  long 
journeys  on  foot,  bare-headed,  in  the  heat  of  the 
sun,  sleeping  on  the  ground,  and  living  upon  vege- 
tables and  water.  To  personate  the  Mussulman 
still  more  nearly,  he  allowed  his  beard  to  grow,  and 
assumed  the  Oriental  dress. 

As  an  intimate  knowledge  of  Arabic  was  the  most 
1   important  acquirement  of  all,  Burckhardt  was  in- 
structed to  proceed  in  the  first  instance  to  Syria, 
I  where  at  the  same  time  that  he  studied  the  language 
I  in  one  of  its  purest  schools,  he  might  accustom  him- 
I  self  to  the  habits  and  manners  of  the  people  he  was 
I   to  mix  with,   at  a  distance  from  those   countries 
||  which  was  to  be  the  scene  of  his  researches,  and 
|i  consequently  without  much  risk  of  being  afterwards 
recognised.     After  sojourning  two  years  in  Syria, 
he  was  instructed  to  proceed  to  Cairo,  and  thence, 
accompanying  the  Fezzan  caravan  to  Mourzouk  by 
the  same  route  which  Horneman  had  pursued,  he 
was  directed  to  make  that  town  the  point  of  his 
departure  for  the  interior  countries. 

On  the  2d  of  March,  18Q9,  Burckhardt  sailed 
from  Cowes  on  board  of  a  merchant  ship  proceeding 


30  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

with  the  convoy  to  the  Mediterranean ;  and  ahout 
the  middle  of  April  he  arrived  at  Malta.  While 
there,  he  received  intelligence  of  Dr.  Seetzen,  a 
German  physician,  who  had  been  sent  a  few  years 
before  that  period  by  the  Duke  of  Saxe-Gotha  into 
the  Levant  to  collect  manuscripts  and  Eastern  curi- 
osities. This  accomplished  traveller  had  resided  for 
some  time  at  Constantinople,  Smyrna,  Aleppo,  Da- 
mascus, and  Cairo ;  and  in  course  of  his  wanderings 
had  collected  about  fifteen  hundred  manuscripts 
and  three  thousand  objects  of  antiquity  which  he 
had  sent  to  his  native  place.  It  appeared  that  his 
design  at  that  time  was  to  proceed  from  Suez  down 
the  Red  Sea,  with  a  view  to  explore  the  interior  of 
Africa,  so  that  Burckhardt  considered  him  as  a 
rival ;  but  his  schemes  were  frustrated  by  his  pre- 
mature death,  and  all  that  has  been  published  of 
his  travels  is  a  short  correspondence  between  him 
and  M.  de  Zach  of  Saxe-Gotha,  which  was  trans- 
lated and  printed  by  the  Palestine  Association  in 
1810. 

Burckhardt  sojourned  seven  weeks  at  Malta, 
during  which  he  succeeded  in  equipping  himself 
thoroughly  in  the  Oriental  fashion.  In  a  letter  to 
Sir  Joseph  Banks,  dated  22d  May,  1809,  he  states 
that  the  dress  he  had  assumed  was  somewhat  Sy- 
rian, yet  sufficiently  differing  from  the  real  Syrian 
costume  to  show  that  he  had  no  wish  to  pass  for  a 
native.  He  continued  to  practise  the  speaking  of 
Arabic,  and  was  careful  to  live  retired,  for  fear  of 
being  recognised  and  detected.  He  especially  avoided 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  31 

all  intercourse  with  the  Moors  and  natives  of  Bar- 
bary ;  merely  giving  them  the  "  Salaam  Aleikum" 
(peace  be  witli  you)  when  passing  them  in  the 
street.  There  happened  to  be  a  Swiss  regiment  in 
the  English  service  stationed  in  garrison  there,  to 
many  of  the  officers  of  which  he  was  personally 
known,  but  he  had  the  satisfaction  to  find  that  his 
object  and  destination  had  not  transpired. 

From  Malta  our  traveller  next  proceeded  to 
Aleppo  as  an  Indian  Mahommedan  merchant,  the 
supposed  bearer  of  despatches  to  Mr.  Barker,  British 
consul  there,  and  agent  to  the  East  India  Company. 
The  assumption  of  this  character  he  thought  would 
be  an  excuse  for  his  singularity  in  speech  and 
manners,  besides  being  a  protection  on  the  road, 
and  enabling  him  to  escape  the  exactions  of  the 
custom-house  officers. 

The  person  to  whom  Mr.  Burckhardt  was  recom- 
mended was  a  Greek,  acting  as  British  consul  at 
Cyprus;  and  accordingly,  about  the  middle  of  June, 
he  took  his  passage  on  board  of  a  ship  bound  for 
that  island ;  but  as  the  owner  afterwards  changed 
his  mind  as  to  his  destination,  our  traveller  pro- 
ceeded in  another  vessel  bound  for  Acre,  and  un- 
certain whether  he  should  touch  at  Cyprus.  Ano- 
ther letter  of  recommendation  was  procured  to  a 
merchant  at  Acre,  with  a  second  for  the  Pasha, 
should  it  be  required.  Scarcely,  however,  had  the 
ship  quitted  Malta,  when  Burckhardt  was  informed 
that  his  real  destination  was  the  coast  of  Caramania, 
in  Asia  Minor;  that  if  grain  could  be  purchased 


32  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

at  an  advantageous  price  at  the  ports  of  Natolia  or 
Tarsus,  then  only  would  she  proceed  to  Acre. 

Finding  complaints  and  remonstrances  in  vain, 
Burckhardt  endavoured  to  make  himself  as  comfort- 
able as  he  could,  and  studied  to  cultivate  the  good 
graces  of  his  fellow  travellers.  He  introduced 
himself  among  them  as  an  Indian  Mahommedan 
merchant,  who  had  lived  from  his  early  years  in 
England,  and  was  now  on  his  way  home ;  a  story 
which  appeared  credible  enough  to  the  passengers, 
as  well  as  to  the  ship's  company.  Numerous  ques- 
tions were  put  relative  to  India ;  and  whenever  he 
was  called  for  a  specimen  of  the  Hindu  language, 
he  answered  in  the  worst  dialect  of  the  Swiss-Ger- 
man, which  in  its  guttural  sounds  rivalled  the 
harshest  utterance  of  Arabic. 

Every  evening,  they  assembled  upon  deck  to 
smoke  their  pipes  and  enjoy  the  cooling  sea-breeze. 
Story-telling  was  their  principal  amusement,  and  of 
course  our  traveller  was  called  upon  to  narrate  to  his 
companions  the  wonders  of  the  farthest  east,— -of 
the  Great  Mogul,  and  the  riches  of  his  court, — of 
the  suttees,  or  widows  burning  themselves, — of  the 
Chinese  wall,  the  great  porcelain  tower,  &c.  A 
Tripolitan  merchant,  in  his  turn,  recounted  the 
wonders  of  Soudan, — of  one  nation  continually  at 
war  with  its  neighbours, — of  a  nation  of  speaking 
sheep, — of  another  of  necromancers,  who  had  lately 
defeated  a  whole  army  which  the  King  of  Bornou 
sent  against  them.  In  course  of  these  conversations, 
Burckhardt  learned  with  certainty  that  the  yearly 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  33 

caravan  intercourse  between  Fezzan  and  Tripoli 
was  still  uninterrupted,  although  the  pilgrims  from 
Fezzan  to  Cairo  and  Mecca  had  suffered  consider- 
able inconvenience  in  consequence  of  the  irruptions 
of  the  Wahabis,  with  whom  the  Pasha  of  Egypt  was 
then  at  war.  In  this  manner  the  time  passed  agree- 
ably enough.  On  the  15th,  the  ship  made  Candia ; 
on  the  17th,  Rhodes  was  seen  at  a  great  distance; 
and  on  the  19th,  they  anchored  in  the  port  of  Sa- 
talia. 

This  part  of  the  coast  of  Caramania  is  rough  and 
precipitous;  the  highest  ridges  of  the  mountains 
were  covered  with  snow ;  they  were  quite  barren, 
resembling  in  their  shape  and  aspect  the  African 
mountains  in  the  Strait  of  Gibraltar.  The  town  is 
built  partly  on  a  cliff,  and  partly  on  the  plain  behind 
it,  with  gardens  extending  three  or  four  miles  along 
the  shore.  As  the  plague  then  raged  in  that  quar- 
ter, they  did  not  land,  but  departed  the  same  even- 
ing; and  after  sailing  for  three  days  along  the 
Caramanian  coast,  which  was  bounded  all  the  way 
with  a  chain  of  snowy  mountains,  they  anchored  on 
the  26th  at  Mersin,  about  fourteen  miles  to  the 
west  of  Tarsus.  The  inhabitants  are  principally 
Greeks  and  Turks,  governed  by  an  Aga,  who  ap- 
points subordinate  rulers  to  collect  the  revenue, 
which  the  chiefs  and  the  Aga  divide  equally  be- 
tween them. 

At  Tarsus,  which  was  seen  at  a  distance  by  its 
groups  of  trees,  the  travellers  met  with  a  kind  re- 
ception. "  Peace  be  with  you," — "  You  are  wel- 
C 


34  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

come  among  us," — "  God  send  you  a  happy  even- 
ing,* &c.,  were  compliments  which  hailed  them 
from  every  quarter.  The  rich  merchants  treated 
them  with  coffee,  ice- water,  and  lour,  which  is  a 
drink  made  of  water  mixed  with  the  juice  of 
liquorice.  A  musician  sung  some  Turkish  airs,  ac- 
companying himself  upon  a  sort  of  mandoline.  The 
inhabitants,  though  strict  Mussulmans,  were  care- 
less of  their  religious  duties,  and  showed  a  great 
indifference  to  the  precepts  of  the  Koran.  The 
place  is  mean  in  appearance,  and  its  trade  incon- 
siderable, being  sadly  fallen  off  since  the  days  of 
Jonah  and  Ezekiel. 

On  the  2d  of  July,  Burckhardt  took  his  passage 
to  Latikia  on  board  an  open  vessel,  resembling 
those  that  ply  on  the  Nile,  of  which  Bruce  and 
other  travellers  have  given  descriptions.  At  Suedieh 
he  had  the  satisfaction  to  fall  in  with  a  caravan 
from  Aleppo,  which  had  come  down  to  the  coast 
with  Indian  goods.  He  soon  formed  an  acquaint- 
ance with  the  muleteers,  and  bargained  with  one  of 
them  for  the  whole  journey.  Antakia  (Antioch) 
lay  at  no  great  distance,  the  road  to  which  passed 
through  a  country  famous  for  the  beauties  of  its 
landscape  scenery.  That  ancient  capital  of  the 
Greek  emperors  is  situate  very  picturesquely  in  a 
plain  encompassed  with  two  chains  of  mountains, 
and  surrounded  with  gardens  and  well  cultivated 
fields.  A  strong-built  bridge  leads  across  the 
Orontes  immediately  into  the  town. 

Instead  of  going  to  the  khan  of  the  merchants, 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  35 

where  he  had  nobody  to  introduce  him,  Burckhardt 
preferred  accompanying  his  guides  to  the  khan  of 
the  muleteers,  which  was  a  large  court-yard  of  a 
triangular  shape,  one  side  being  occupied  with 
stables,  another  was  used  by  the  muleteers  for  the 
purposes  of  eating,  sleeping,  and  praying,  while  .the 
third  was  distributed  into  small  dark  cells,  which 
served  as  magazines  for  the  goods,  places  for  work- 
ing in,  &c.  In  the  middle  of  the  area  was  a  large 
water-basin,  which  afforded  drink  to  men  and  beasts 
indiscriminately. 

The  appearance  of  a  stranger  excited  considerable 
curiosity,  and  the  little  cell  of  which  he  took  pos- 
session was  speedily  beset  with  troublesome  in- 
quirers, who  unanimously  declared  that  the  intruder 
was  a  Frank,  and  had  come  to  their  country  for 
evil  purposes.  The  muleteer  interfered;  but  his 
remonstrances  were  soon  lost  in  the  general  cry  of 
Giaour!  (infidel),  raised  by  the  other  inmates  of 
the  khan,  and  by  the  townspeople  who  had  come 
to  visit  their  friends.  All  endeavours  at  explana- 
tion were  vain;  Burckhardt  evidently  saw  that 
their  design  was  to  make  religion  a  pretext  for  ex- 
torting money  from  him.  His  property  fortunately 
was  mixed  up  with  that  of  the  consul,  except  a  few 
trifling  articles  of  luggage  and  a  pocket  purse  con- 
taining the  sum  necessary  for  his  daily  expenses. 
The  Aga  of  Antakia  sent  a  dragoman  to  investigate 
the  state  of  affairs,  but  his  spirited  conduct,  and  the 
success  with  which  he  concealed  his  Frank  origin, 
prevented  him  from  being  made  the  victim  of  im- 


36  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

position.  During  the  whole  four  days  that  he  was 
detained  in  the  khan,  the  people  who  frequented  it 
fvere  constant  in  their  imprecations  against  him  ; 
l)ut  at  length  the  departure  of  the  caravan  (on  the 
I0th)  relieved  him  from  his  unpleasant  situation. 

The  mode  and  time  of  removal  must  have  pre- 
sented a  busy  and  picturesque  scene.  The  whole 
area  of  the  court  was  divided  into  small  squares  of 
different  sizes,  by  means  of  cords,  at  the  ends  of 
which  iron  wedges  were  fastened,  which  were  driven 
into  the  earth  up  to  their  heads.  Each  muleteer 
chooses  one  of  these  squares,  proportionate  in  size 
to  the  number  of  his  beasts,  and  loads  them  in  it. 
Though  the  ropes  are  little  more  than  one  inch 
above  ground,  the  animals  never  move  out  of  the 
space  assigned  them ;  and  thus  great  order  prevailed, 
although  it  was  dark  when  they  loaded,  and  the 
whole  court  crowded  with  beasts  and  bales.  At 
every  place  where  they  halt  for  feeding,  the  same 
cords  are  extended  in  front  of  the  animals,  to  pre- 
vent their  getting  amongst  the  luggage. 

The  route  of  the  caravan  was  across  a  plain  coun- 
try on  the  right  bank  of  the  Orontes,  the  breadth  of 
which  was  about  fifty  yards,  and  its  depth  nowhere 
more  than  five  feet.  A  journey  of  two  days,  and 
a  passage  over  a  range  of  calcareous  mountains, 
brought  them  into  the  eastern  plain  of  Syria.  Up 
to  this  period,  Burckhardt's  companions  had  re- 
garded him  as  an  orthodox  Mussulman ;  but  two  of 
them  having  kept  a  strict  watch  over  all  his  move- 
ments and  actions,  pretended  to  discover  some 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  37 

irregularities  in  his  evening  ablutions.  This  real  or 
fancied  defect  lost  him  the  good  opinion  which  by 
his  manner  and  conduct  he  had  hitherto  maintained. 
He  was  told  that  he  was  u  haraam"  or  in  a  forbid- 
den unclean  state,  and  in  consequence  he  was  sub- 
jected to  considerable  annoyance  ;  but  it  lasted  only 
a  single  day,  as  they  were  now  approaching  the 
termination  of  their  journey. 

Over  a  wide  extended  plain  rose  the  castle  of 
Aleppo,  a,t  the  sight  of  which  the  armed  horsemen 
of  the  caravan  set  off  in  a  gallop,  repeatedly  firing 
their  muskets.  Another  hour's  march,  through 
deserted  and  ruined  villages,  brought  them  to  the 
town ;  on  entering  which  all  the  merchandise  must 
be  weighed  at  the  custom-house  khan,  in  order  to 
determine  the  sum  due  to  the  muleteer  for  freight, 
as  also  the  amount  of  duty  to  be  paid  for  them  to 
the  Grand  Seignior.  This  city  continued  to  be  his 
principal  residence  during  the  two  years  and  a  half 
which  he  remained  in  Syria,  chiefly  for  the  purpose 
of  learning  to  speak  Arabic  fluently. 

A  few  days  after  his  arrival  he  was  attacked  by 
a  strong  inflammatory  fever,  occasioned  probably 
by  the  want  of  rest,  owing  to  the  quantity  of  vermin 
that  had  collected  on  his  person.  But  in  a  fortnight 
his  health  was  restored,  and  allowed  him  to  proceed 
with  his  studies  uninterrupted,  with  the  aid  of 
young  Frank  who  spoke  the  language  like  a  natiw, 
though  he  could  neither  read  nor  write  it.  Our 
traveller  made  rapid  progress,  making  daily  addi- 
tions to  his  practical  knowledge  of  Arabic,  and  his 


38  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

experience  of  Oriental  society  and  manners.  He 
amused  himself  by  attempting  a  translation,  or 
rather  a  metamorphosis,  of  the  story  of  Robinson 
Crusoe  into  an  Eastern  tale,  under  the  title  of  Deir 
el  Bahr,  or  the  Pearl  of  the  Seas.  In  common 
conversation  he  soon  learned  to  comprehend  almost 
any  thing  that  was  said,  and  was  able  to  make 
himself  understood  on  most  subjects.  He  likewise 
formed  an  acquaintance  with  some  sheikhs,  and  other 
literary  characters  amongst  the  Turks  at  Aleppo, 
who  expressed  their  surprise  that  "  a  Frank  should 
know  more  of  their  language  than  their  first  Ule- 
mas !" — a  compliment  not  particularly  flattering, 
when  we  take  into  account  the  low  state  of  learning 
among  the  Aleppine  literati,  few  of  whom  could 
compose  a  line  of  prose  or  verse  free  from  gram- 
matical blunders. 

Although  Burckhardt  still  retained  his  fictitious 
name  of  Ibrahim  ibn  Abdallah,  he  found  it  no  longer 
necessary  to  appear  as  a  Mussulman,  or  to  conceal 
his  European  origin,  and  wore  only  such  a  Turkish 
dress  as  is  often  assumed  in  Syria  by  English 
travellers.  He  had  there  the  comfort  of  an  unmo- 
lested intercourse  with  the  Mahommedan  population 
of  the  town;  at  the  same  time  that  he  was  not 
prevented  from  openly  accepting  the  friendship  and 
protection  of  Mr.  Barker,  the  British  consul,  who 
received  him  at  his  house  as  a  travelling  merchant 
from  his  own  country. 

Besides  the  convenience  of  study  and  other  ad- 
vantages derived  from  a  residence  at  Aleppo,  he  was 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKIIARDT.  39 

anxious  still  farther  to  extend  his  acquaintance  with 
the  natives  by  making  occasional  excursions  into 
Syria,  with  a  view  to  inspect  the  state  of  Arabian 
life  and  manners  in  the  tent  and  the  desert  as  well 
as  in  the  crowded  city.  And  while  thus  preparing 
himself  for  the  ultimate  object  of  his  mission,  he 
was  careful  to  direct  his  journeys  through  the  parts 
of  the  country  which  had  been  the  least  frequented 
by  European  travellers,  so  that  he  had  thus  the 
opportunity  of  making  some  important  additions  to 
our  knowledge  of  those  regions,  of  which  the  geo- 
graphy is  not  less  interesting  from  its  connexion 
with  ancient  history,  than  it  is  imperfect  in  conse- 
quence of  the  impediments  which  modern  barbarism 
has  opposed  to  scientific  researches. 

His  first  intention  was  to  visit  the  extensive 
plains  of  the  Haouran  (the  original  patrimony  of 
Abraham),  where  the  Bedouin  Arabs  of  the  desert 
encamp  in  the  spring  and  summer  in  search  of  grass 
and  water  for  their  cattle,  or  of  corn  for  their  winter 
supply.  On  the  eve  of  his  departure,  it  happened 
that  an  Arab  sheikh  or  chief  of  the  Aenezy  tribe, 
the  most  powerful  and  warlike  of  their  countrymen, 
had  come  to  Aleppo  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  the 
passage  duties  on  certain  goods  which  were  to  be 
conveyed  through  his  territory  by  the  great  caravan 
to  Bagdad.  With  this  chief  Burckhardt  formed  an 
acquaintance,  and  engaged  that  he  should  accom- 
pany him  by  way  of  Tadmor  or  Palmyra,  home  to 
his  family  and  tents;  and  having  shown  him  the 


40  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT, 

encampments  and  horses  of  the  Bedouins,  he  was  to 
conduct  him  in  safety  to  Damascus. 

Although  it  is  extremely  rare  for  an  Arab  to 
break  his  word  of  honour  with  a  stranger  to  whom 
he  has  promised  his  protection,  this  chief  did  not 
fulfil  his  agreement,  having  left  his  protegee  on  the 
third  day  in  charge  of  some  of  his  men  near  Hamah, 
where  they  were  attacked  and  stript  by  a  party  of 
the  Monali  tribe,  who  had  then  a  quarrel  with  the 
Aenezys.  As  a  reason  for  this  breach  of  contract, 
the  sheikh  alleged  that  he  could  not  possibly  carry 
him  into  his  own  country,  as  he  was  afraid  of 
its  being  invaded  by  the  approaching  army  of  the 
Wahabis,  a  sect  of  religious  reformers  who  had  then 
nearly  conquered  the  whole  of  Arabia,  and  were 
waging  war  against  all  Turks  and  Mussulmans 
who  refused  to  adopt  their  creed.  He  offered,  how- 
ever, to  provide  him  another  guide  who  would  con- 
duct him  to  Tadmor  and  thence  to  the  Haouran. 

Having  refitted  himself  at  Hamah,  our  traveller 
set  out  under  his  new  protector  and  succeeded  in 
reaching  Palmyra,  where  he  spent  nearly  two  days 
in  contemplating  those  interesting  ruins,  and  ob- 
serving the  manners  of  the  Bedouins,  who  received 
him  in  their  encampments  with  their  characteristic 
hospitality  and  kindness.  Here  he  was  again  de- 
serted by  his  guide,  and  obliged  to  join  a  salt  cara- 
van, with  which  he  proceeded  to  Damascus. 

His  project  of  visiting  the  Haouran  was  now 
found  to  be  impracticable,  in  consequence  of  the 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  41 

disturbances  caused  by  the  Wahabis,  who  for  several 
years  had  interrupted  the  annual  pilgrimages  to 
Mecca,  and  occasioned  a  change  in  the  government 
of  Damascus,  where  Yussef  Pasha,  who  had  been 
appointed  in  1806,  was  deposed  for  appropriating 
the  greater  part  of  the  miri,  or  land  tax,  to  himself, 
instead  of  transmitting  it  to  the  Porte.  His  suc- 
cessor was  Soliman,  Pasha  of  Acre,  who  obtained 
his  firman  by  remitting  considerable  sums  of  money 
to  Constantinople,  and  promising  to  escort  the  pil- 
grim caravans ;  or  should  that  be  found  impossible, 
to  make  regular  payment  of  the  miri,  and  at  all 
events  to  send  Yussef s  accumulated  treasures  to 
the  Grand  Seignior.  The  new  governor  made  his 
solemn  entrance  into  Damascus  on  the  5th  of 
August  1810  (only  a  few  days  before  the  arrival  of 
Burckhardt),  having  then  under  his  command  three 
pashaliks, — Tripoli,  Acre,  and  Damascus, — which 
gave  him  the  possession  of  nearly  all  Syria,  from 
Gaza  to  Antioch.  The  sudden  changes  and  revolu- 
tions for  which  the  policy  of  the  Ottoman  empire 
is  so  remarkable,  suggested  to  the  intelligent  mind 
of  Burckhardt  the  following  very  appropriate  re- 
flections as  to  their  cause  and  consequences. 

"  It  is  the  misfortune  of  the  Turkish  government, 
at  least  in  its  present  decayed  state,  that  popular 
virtues  in  the  person  of  its  governors  are  quite  in- 
compatible with  the  Porte's  own  views.  The  Sultan 
demands  supplies,  and  nothing  but  supplies ;  and  the 
Pasha,  to  satisfy  him,  must  press  upon  the  industry  of 
his  subjects.  He  who  is  the  well-wisher  of  his  people, 


42  MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHARDT. 

who  contents  himself  with  the  ordinary  revenue, 
and  who  lets  justice  preside  in  his  councils,  will 
undoubtedly  incur  his  sovereign's  displeasure,  not 
because  he  is  just,  but  because  his  justice  prevents 
him  from  plundering,  and  transmitting  a  portion  of 
the  acquired  plunder  to  the  Divan  to  save  his  ex- 
istence ;  he  has  nothing  left  but  silently  to  resign  his 
unhappy  subjects  to  the  rod  of  a  succeeding  despot, 
or  to  declare  himself  a  rebel  and  contend  with  his 
rival,  until  the  Porte,  convinced  of  the  difficulty  of 
deposing  him,  patiently  waits  for  a  more  favourable 
opportunity  of  effecting  her  purpose.  Her  principles 
are  applicable  to  all  persons  in  office,  from  the  Pasha 
down  to  the  Sheikh  of  the  smallest  village ;  and  it 
is  to  them  that  the  rapid  decay  of  Turkey  is  to  be 
ascribed.  It  requires  but  one  year's  reign  of  a  man 
like  Djezzar  to  destroy  the  benefits  of  the  four 
years'  government  of  a  Yussef.  The  rapidity,  how- 
ever, with  which  ease  and  wealth  are  seen  to  reflow 
into  the  re-opened  channels  of  industry,  proves  that 
Syria,  on  the  downfall  of  the  Turkish  empire,  would 
soon  regain  its  former  lustre." 

The  unsettled  state  of  the  government  having 
obliged  our  traveller  to  prolong  his  stay  at  Damas- 
cus for  more  than  six  weeks,  he  resolved  again  to 
visit  Baalbec  and  the  Libanus,  taking  his  departure 
about  the  middle  of  September,  with  a  small  caravan 
destined  for  Tripoli.  His  route  lay  through  Zahle, 
a  small  town  on  the  western  side  of  the  valley 
Bekaa,  near  which  is  a  ruined  mosque,  believed  by 
the  Turks  to  contain  the  tomb  of  Noah.  Bekaa  is 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  43 

the  ancient  Coelo-Syria,  and  stretches  between  the 
two  mountain  chains  of  the  Libanus  and  the  Anti- 
Libanus. 

At  Baalbec  Burckhardt  remained  three  days,  in- 
specting the  ruins  and  copying  inscriptions  ;  but  the 
celebrated  work  of  Wood  and  Dawkins,  who  visited 
the  place  in  1 75 1 ,  and  the  subsequent  account  given 
by  Yolney  (in  1784),  rendered  it  unnecessary  for 
him  to  enter  into  any  description  of  these  magnifi- 
cent architectural  remains.  Volney,  he  remarks, 
is  incorrect  in  describing  the  rock  of  which  the 
great  temple  is  constructed,  as  granite ;  it  is  of  the 
primitive  calcareous  kind ;  although  in  different 
parts  there  are  fragments  of  granite  columns  to  be 
found.  Having  lately  visited  Tadmor,  he  was 
naturally  led  to  draw  a  comparison  between  those 
renowned  monuments  of  antiquity.  "  The  entire 
view  (says  he)  of  the  ruins  of  Palmyra,  when  seen 
at  a  certain  distance,  is  infinitely  more  striking 
than  that  of  Baalbec ;  but  there  is  not  any  one 
spot  in  the  ruins  of  Tadmor  so  imposing  as  the  in- 
terior view  of  the  temple  of  Baalbec.  The  temple 
of  the  sun  at  Tadmor  is  upon  a  grander  scale  than 
that  of  Baalbec,  but  it  is  choked  up  with  Arab 
houses,  which  admit  only  of  a  view  of  the  building 
in  detail.  The  architecture  of  Baalbec  is  richer 
than  that  of  Tadmor." 

The  walls  of  the  ancient  city  may  still  be  traced, 
forming  a  circuit  of  between  three  and  four  miles, 
and  including  a  larger  space  than  the  present  town 
ever  occupied,  even  in  its  most  flourishing  condi- 


44  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

tion.  Many  of  the  Damascenes  choose  their  wives 
from  Baalbec,  the  women  of  which  are  reckoned 
the  handsomest  of  the  neighbouring  country.  The 
surrounding  district  is  well-watered  and  extremely 
fertile.  The  inhabitants  fabricate  white  cotton  cloth 
like  that  of  Zahle,  which  is  used  for  shirts,  and 
when  dyed  blue,  for  kombazes,  or  gowns  worn  by 
the  men.  They  have  a  few  dyeing-houses,  and  had 
formerly  some  tanneries.  The  property  of  the  peo- 
ple consists  chiefly  of  cows,  of  which  every  house 
has  ten  or  fifteen,  besides  goats  and  sheep.  The 
goats  are  of  a  species  not  common  in  other  parts  of 
Syria,  having  long  ears,  large  horns,  and  long  hair, 
but  not  silky  like  that  of  the  goats  of  Anatolia. 
The  breed  of  Baalbec  mules  is  much  esteemed, 
some  of  them  being  reckoned  worth  £30  or  £35 
sterling. 

The  wandering  Arabs,  who  visit  the  territory  in 
quest  of  summer  pasture,  pay  tribute  to  the  Emir, 
at  the  rate  of  twelve  or  fifteen  pounds  of  butter  for 
each  tent.  In  some  parts  the  villagers  cultivate 
tobacco,  and  rear  the  silk- worm.  At  Kanobin,  the 
seat  of  the  patriarch  of  the  Maronites,  the  convent 
derives  a  considerable  income  from  a  custom  which 
the  peasants  practise  in  winter,  of  suspending  their 
silk-worms  in  bags  before  the  portrait  of  some 
favourite  saint,  whose  influence  they  implore  for  a 
plenteous  harvest  of  silk, — not  forgetting  a  suitable 
remuneration  to  make  their  prayers  more  accept- 
able. 

The  territory  of  Baalbec  comprehends  on  the 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  45 

eastern  side  the  range  of  the  Anti-Libanus,  and  on 
the  western  the  Libanus,  or  Lebanon,  as  high  as  the 
summits.  The  whole  of  the  rock  is  calcareous, 
and  towards  the  top  the  surface  is  so  splintered  by 
the  action  of  the  atmosphere  as  to  have  the  appear- 
ance of  layers  of  slates.  Of  the  famous  cedars,  so 
renowned  in  the  days  of  Solomon,  some  specimens 
still  exist,  especially  at  the  foot  of  the  steep  declivi- 
ties of  the  higher  division  of  the  mountain.  "  They 
stand  (says  Burckhardt)  on  uneven  ground,  and 
form  a  small  wood.  Of  the  oldest  and  best-looking 
trees  I  counted  eleven  or  twelve,  twenty-five  very 
large  ones,  about  fifty  of  middling  size,  and  more 
than  three  hundred  smaller  and  young  ones.  The 
oldest  are  distinguished  by  having  the  foliage  and 
small  branches  at  the  top  only,  and  four,  five,  or 
seven  trunks  springing  from  one  base."  Some  of 
these  trunks  are  covered  with  the  names  of  travel- 
lers and  persons  who  have  visited  them,  having 
dates  marked  of  the  seventeenth  century. 

Proceeding  down  the  valley  to  the  Druse  terri- 
tory of  Hasbeya,  a  village  at  the  foot  of  Jibel  el 
Sheikh,  or  Mount  Hesma,  famous  for  its  wells  of 
bitumen  judaicum,  and  for  the  cinnabar  found  near 
it,  Burckhardt  reached  Banias,  or  Panias,  which  is 
classic  ground,  being  the  ancient  Caesarsea  Philippi, 
and  the  Dan  of  the  Jews ;  the  neighbouring  lake 
Houle  is  the  Lacus  Samachonitis.  The  most  re- 
markable vestiges  consist  of  an  old  castle,  probably 
erected  in  the  time  of  the  crusades, — some  remains 
of  the  temple  of  Augustus,  built  by  Herod, — and 


46  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

several  caverns  or  niches  hewn  out  of  the  face  of  the 
perpendicular  rock,  intended  for  the  reception  of 
idols  or  deities,  one  of  which  was  occupied  with  a 
statue  of  Pan,  as  described  hy  Josephus ;  and  hence 
the  appellations  of  Panias  and  Paneium  given  to  the 
mountain. 

In  the  vicinity  are  the  ruins  of  the  city  of  Bostra, 
sometimes  confounded  with  Bosra  in  the  Haouran ; 
both  of  which  are  mentioned  in  the  books  of  Moses. 
Lower  down  is  the  fertile  plain  of  the  Houle,  wa- 
tered by  the  rivers  Banias  and  Hasbeya,  or  the 
Jordan.  "  The  source  of  the  Jordan  (says  Burck- 
hardt),  or  Dhan,  as  it  is  here  called,  is  at  an  hour 
and  a  quarter  north-east  from  Banias.  There  are 
two  springs  near  each  other,  whose  waters  unite 
immediately  below.  Both  sources  are  on  level 
ground,  amongst  rocks  of  tufwacke.  The  larger 
source  soon  forms  a  river  twelve  or  fifteen  yards 
across,  which  rushes  rapidly  over  a  stony  bed  into 
the  lower  plain."  A  very  probable  derivation  of 
the  word  "  Jordan"  was  suggested  by  the  inhabi- 
tants. "  I  was  told  (continues  Burckhardt)  that 
the  ancient  name  of  the  river  Banias  was  Djour, 
which,  added  to  the  name  of  Dhan,  made  Jourdan. 
The  more  correct  etymology  is  perhaps  Or  Dhan, 
in  Hebrew,  the  river  of  Dan.  Lower  down,  be- 
tween Houle  and  the  Lake  Tabaria,  it  is  called 
Orden  by  the  natives;  to  the  southward  of  the 
Tabaria  it  bears  the  name  of  Sherya,  till  it  falls 
into  the  Dead  Sea."  This  point  was  the  limit  of 
Burckhardt's  first  tour  in  the  countries  of  the  Liba- 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  47 

nus  and  Anti-Libanus ;  he  returned  to  Damascus 
by  way  of  Katana,  without  meeting  with  any  thing 
remarkable,  if  we  except  the  Kaber  Nimroud,  a 
large  heap  of  stones  which  tradition  records  as  the 
tomb  of  Nimrod. 

After  a  fortnight's  repose,  rendered  necessary  by 
fatigue  and  indisposition,  our  traveller  set  out  on  his 
excursion  into  the  plain  of  the  Haouran  and  the 
mountains  of  the  Druses, — a  region  which  scarcely 
any  European  had  then  visited.  He  assumed  the 
dress  of  the  inhabitants,  composed  of  a  keffie,  and  a 
sheep-skin  over  his  shoulders.  During  a  laborious 
journey  of  twenty-six  days  (from  November  8th  till 
December  4th),  he  explored  the  country  as  far  as 
Bozra,  entered  the  desert  to  the  south-east  of  that 
city,  and  returned  afterwards  to  Damascus,  through 
the  rocky  district  called  El  Ledja.  "  At  every  step 
(says  he)  I  found  vestiges  of  ancient  cities,  saw  the 
remains  of  many  temples,  public  edifices,  and  Greek 
churches ;  met  at  Shohla  with  a  well-preserved  am- 
phitheatre, at  other  places  with  numbers  of  stand- 
ing columns,  and  had  opportunities  of  copying  many 
Greek  inscriptions,  which  may  serve  to  throw  some 
light  on  the  history  of  this  almost  forgotten  corner. 
The  inscriptions  are  for  the  greater  part  of  the 
Lower  Empire,  but  some  of  the  most  elegant  ruins 
have  their  inscriptions  dated  from  the  reigns  of 
Trajan  and  Marcus  Aurelius." 

At  Shohla  and  Kanouat  the  architectural  remains 
are  very  splendid.  A  stony  district  called  the  Szaffa, 
two  or  three  days'  journey  in  circumference,  was 


48  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

then  used  as  a  place  of  refuge  by  the  Arabs  who 
fled  from  the  Pasha's  troops,  or  from  their  pursuers 
in  the  desert.  It  had  no  water  except  the  rain 
collected  in  the  cisterns.  There  was  only  one  en- 
trance into  it  through  a  narrow  pass,  a  cleft  between 
high  perpendicular  rocks,  not  more  than  two  yards 
in  breadth,  which  none  ever  dared  to  enter  as  an 
enemy.  When  a  tribe  intend  to  remain  in  it  a 
whole  year,  they  sow  as  much  wheat  and  barley  as 
will  serve  them  for  that  time  on  the  spots  within  its 
precincts  fit  for  cultivation. 

The  Ledja,  which  is  from  two  to  three  days 
journey  in  length  by  one  in  breadth,  is  also  inhabited 
by  small  tribes  of  pastoral  Arabs.  It  is  a  strange 
wilderness,  whose  stony  soil  is  covered  with  heaps 
of  rocks,  amidst  which  are  numerous  small  patches 
of  meadow  that  afford  excellent  pasture  for  the  cattle. 
There  are  no  springs  to  be  met  with ;  but  in  winter, 
water  collects  in  the  wadis  and  lirkets,  or  cisterns, 
where  it  is  sometimes  kept  the  whole  summer.  In 
the  interior  parts  the  rocks  are  in  many  places  cleft 
asunder,  so  that  the  whole  ridge  appears  shivered 
and  in  the  act  of  falling  down.  The  layers  are 
generally  horizontal,  from  six  to  eight  feet  or  more 
in  thickness,  occasionally  covering  the  hills  and  in- 
clining to  their  curve,  as  appears  from  their  fissures, 
which  often  traverse  the  rock  from  top  to  bottom. 
Having  satisfied  his  curiosity,  and  made  several 
important  observations,  both  as  to  the  geography 
and  the  inhabitants  of  that  region,  Burckhardt 
returned  to  Damascus,  and  thence  by  Horns  and 


MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHAIIDT.  49 

itamaii  to  Aleppo,  where  he  arrived  on  the  1st  *tf 
January,  181 1. 

His  journey  to  Baalbec  had  been  undertaken 
more  for  his  own  private  gratification  than  in  the 
hope  of  gathering  new  information ;  but  his  tour 
into  the  Haouran  opened  up  a  new  field  of  observa- 
tion, the  fruits  of  which  were  some  valuable  papers 
communicated  to  the  committee  of  the  Afiican  As- 
sociation, containing  a  classification  of  the  principal 
Arab  tribes  near  the  confines  of  Syria,  and  a  treatise 
on  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  Bedouins,  giving 
very  interesting  details  of  their  encampments,  tents, 
dress,  furniture,  diet,  arts,  arms,  industry,  educa- 
tion, religion,  and  government. 

With  a  view  to  render  himself  still  more  familiar 
with  the  manners  and  language  of  the  Arabs,  before 
proceeding  into  Ejypt,  he  had  requested  of  his  em- 
ployers in  London  to  allow  him  six  months  in  addi- 
tion to  the  stipulated  two  years'  residence  in  Syria, 
which  was  readily  granted;  and  on  coming  back 
to  Aleppo,  he  resumed  his  studies  with  increased 
ardour,  in  order  to  qualify  him,  not  merely  to 
speak,  but  to  act  as  a  Mussulman.  In  one  of  his 
letters,  he  writes,  "  I  have  completed  the  perusal  of 
several  of  the  best  Arabic  authors,  in  prose  as  well 
as  poetry.  I  have  read  over  the  Koran  twice,  and 
have  got  by  heart  several  of  its  chapters  and  many 
of  its  sentences.  I  am  likewise  nearly  finishing  u 
thorough  course  of  the  precepts  of  the  Mahomme- 
dan  religion,  a  learned  Effendi  having  taken  upor. 
himself  the  task  of  explaining  to  me  the  book 


i*0  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKITARDT. 

of  Ibrahim  Halebi,  on  the  religious  law?  of  the 
Turks/ 

Incessant  rains  and  the  turbulent  state  of  the 
country  prevented  Burckhardt  from  undertaking  an 
excursion,  which  he  had  long  projected,  into  the 
desert  towards  the  Euphrates.  On  the  14th  of 
February,  1812,  he  left  Aleppo,  to  make  another 
journey  to  Damascus,  through  the  valley  of  the 
Orontes  and  Mount  Lebanon,  taking  the  route  of 
Hamah,  and  thence  crossing  to  Tripoli,  which  he 
reached  on  the  3d  of  March.  The  Arabs  along  the 
Orontes  rear  large  herds  of  buffaloes,  which  are  of 
small  size  but  very  spirited.  This  animal,  it  ap- 
pears, is  no  favourite  with  the  Turks,  amongst 
whom  there  is  a  common  saying  and  a  belief  that 
the  whole  brute  creation  was  converted  by  their 
Prophet  to  the  true  faith,  except  the  wild  boar  and 
buffalo ;  and  on  this  account  both  animals  are  often 
called  Christians!  As  the  flesh  of  the  buffalo  is 
much  esteemed  by  the  Turks,  it  seems  difficult  to 
account  for  this  antipathy;  Burckhardt  suggests, 
as  the  only  reason  he  could  learn,  that,  like  the  hog, 
it  has  a  habit  of  rolling  in  the  mud,  and  of  plunging 
into  the  marshy  ponds,  in  the  summer  time,  up  to 
the  very  nose,  which  alone  remains  visible  above 
the  surface. 

The  city  of  Tripoli,  called  Torebolis  by  the  Arabs, 
is  built  on  the  declivity  of  the  lowest  hills  of  the 
Libanus.  Many  parts  of  the  town  bear  marks  of 
the  ages  of  the  crusades,  amongst  which  are  several 
high  arcades  of  Gothic  architecture,  under  which 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  i)l 

the  streets  run.  The  principal  commerce  is  in  silk, 
produced  upon  the  mountains ;  the  next  chief  article 
of  exportation  is  sponges,  which  are  procured  on 
the  sea-shore,  the  best  being  found  at  little  depth 
of  water.  The  territory  of  this  Pashalik  extends 
over  the  greater  part  of  Mount  Lebanon ;  the 
Pasha  derives  a  considerable  income  from  the  duties 
levied  on  the  peasants  who  rear  silk-worms,  and 
who  are  reckoned  to  pay  about  twenty  or  twenty- 
five  per  cent,  each,  estimated  according  to  the  an- 
nual produce  of  the  worms.  The  taxes  on  the 
mulberry  trees  are  calculated  in  .proportion  to  those 
on  the  silk.  After  a  pleasant  sojourn  of  ten  days  at 
Tripoli,  Burckhardt  returned  to  Damascus,  visiting 
on  his  way  the  mountainous  district  of  Kesrouan, 
and  its  chief  the  Emir  Beshir,  who  received  him 
very  politely,  and  spoke  with  the  highest  satisfac- 
tion of  his  alliance  with  Sir  Sidney  Smith,  while 
commanding  upon  that  coast,  during  the?  expedition 
to  Egypt.  Along  this  route,  a  considerable  pro- 
portion of  the  inhabitants  consists  of  that  remark- 
able people  the  Druses,  whose  manners  and  habits 
are  quite  different  from  those  of  the  Turks  and 
Christians.  They  make  a  public  profession  of  Mo- 
hammedanism, and  perform  the  rites  prescribed  by 
that  religion;  but  in  private  they  curse  the  Pro- 
phet, indulge  in  wine,  and  eat  food  forbidden  by 
the  Koran.  They  have  a  special  antipathy  against 
the  Franks,  chiefly  in  consequence  of  a  tradition 
current  among  them,  that  the  Europeans  will  one 
day  overthrow  their  commonwealth.  This  hatred 


02  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

has  been  increased  since  the  invasion  of  the  French 
in  1800 ;  and  the  most  unpardonable  insult  which 
one  Druse  can  offer  to  another  is  to  say  to  him,— 
Allah  yelelesak  baneila,  "  May  God  put  a  hat  on 
you  !"  They  are  licentious  and  vindictive,  but  hos- 
pitable to  strangers  and  faithful  to  their  promise. 
They  seldom  have  more  than  one  wife,  but  the 
obligation  of  the  matrimonial  tie  is  very  slight, 
judging  from  the  ease  with  which  divorces  are 
accomplished.  It  is  a  custom  among  them,  that  if 
the  woman  asks  her  husband's  permission  to  go 
out,  and  he  says  "  Go,"  without  adding  "  and  come 
back,"  she  is  thereby  divorced;  nor  can  her  hus- 
band recover  her,  even  though  it  should  be  their 
mutual  wish,  until  she  is  married  again  according 
to  the  Turkish  forms,  and  divorced  from  her  second 
husband. 

Being  now  anxious  to  reach  Damascus  before  the 
rain  and  snow  rendered  the  journey  over  the  moun- 
tains impracticable,  Burckhardt  took  leave  of  the 
Emir,  and  arrived  at  the  city  on  the  22d  of  March. 
His  stay  here  was  prolonged  for  nearly  a  month,  in 
consequence  of  an  unexpected  change  in  the  govern- 
ment by  the  dismissal  of  Soliman  Pasha.  Having 
determined,  before  finally  leaving  Syria,  to  visit  the 
Haouran  once  more,  in  order  to  examine  those  parts 
which  he  had  not  been  able  to  see  during  his  first 
tour  to  that  country,  and  particularly  to  explore 
the  ruins  of  Djerash  (Gerasa)  and  of  Ammon 
(Philadelphia},  in  the  ancient  Decapolis,  he  set  out 
on  his  journey  as  soon  as  the  state  of  the  Pashalik 


MEMOIR  OF  BtTRCKHARDT.  5} 

was  sufficiently  tranquil  to  allow  him  to  proceed 
with  safety.  He  took  with  him  a  Damascene  guide, 
who  had  been  seventeen  times  to  Mecca,  was  well 
acquainted  with  the  Bedouins,  inured  to  fatigue, 
and  not  indisposed  to  favour  the  object  of  the 
traveller. 

At  Berak  he  found  two  saltpetre  manufactories : 
the  article  is  procured  by  boiling  the  saline  earth 
dug  up  among  the  ruins  of  the  town  and  in  the 
neighbouring  plain.  In  finding  out  the  productive 
spots,  the  inhabitants  are  guided  by  the  appearance 
of  the  ground  in  the  morning  before  sun-rise ;  and 
wherever  it  then  appears  most  wet  with  dew,  the 
soil  beneath  is  found  impregnated  with  salt.  Pass- 
ing along  the  eastern  limit  of  the  Ledja,  he  pene- 
trated as  far  as  Bostra,  formerly  the  capital  of 
Arabia  Provincia,  and  still,  including  the  ruins, 
the  largest  town  in  the  Haouran.  There  are  the 
remains  of  a  splendid  mosque,  embellished  with 
numerous  elegant  arabesque  ornaments,  and  of  a 
temple  with  some  large  Corinthian  pillars,  equalling 
in  beauty  of  execution  the  finest  of  those  at  Baalbec 
or  Palmyra.  Of  the  vineyards,  for  which  this  city 
was  famous  even  in  the  days  of  Moses,  not  a  vestige 
remains. 

Proceeding  in  a  westerly  direction,  Burckhardt 
traversed  the  whole  plain  as  far  as  the  borders  of 
Djolan,  near  the  lake  Tabaria.  On  this  route  he 
passed  Mezareib,  a  small  village  with  a  castle  and  a 
pool  of  the  clearest  water,  which  is  supposed  to  have 
been  the  site  of  Astaroth  (Deut.  i.  4.,  Josh.  ix.  10), 


54  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

the  residence  of  Og,  king  of  Bashan.  It  was  on 
this  route  that  he  saw  for  the  first  time  a  swarm  of 
locusts ;  so  completely  did  they  cover  the  surface  of 
the  ground,  that  his  horse  killed  numbers  of  them  at 
every  step ;  and  it  was  with  the  greatest  difficulty 
that  he  could  protect  his  face  from  their  attacks.  In 
Syria  this  species  is  called  djerad  nedjdyat^  or  flying 
locusts,  to  distinguish  them  from  the  djerad  dshhof^ 
or  devouring  locusts.  The  former  have  a  yellow 
body,  a  gray  breast,  and  wings  of  a  dirty  white, 
with  gray  spots.  The  latter  have  white  wings  and 
a  whitish  gray  body.  The  flying  kind  are  much 
less  dreaded  than  the  other,  because  they  feed  only 
on  the  leaves  of  trees  and  vegetables,  sparing  the 
wheat  and  barley.  The  Bedouins  eat  locusts,  swal- 
lowing them  entire.  They  are  never  served  up  as  a 
dish ;  but  every  one  takes  a  handful  of  them  when 
hungry,  out  of  a  large  sack,  into  which  they  are 
put,  with  the  mixture  of  a  little  salt,  after  they  have 
been  dried  in  the  sun,  and  roasted  slightly  upon  the 
iron  plate  used  for  baking  bread. 

A  journey  of  four  days  brought  the  traveller  to 
Djerash,  formerly  one  of  the  principal  towns  of  the 
Decapolis,  situated  on  a  small  river  of  the  same 
name  which  empties  itself  into  the  Wadi  Zeika> 
probably  the  Jabok  of  Scripture.  The  extent  and 
magnificence  of  the  ruins  prove  the  importance  and 
magnitude  of  that  ancient  city.  The  ground  for 
three  or  four  miles  in  circumference  is  strewn  with 
fallen  temples,  broken  capitals,  rows  of  lofty  columns, 
the  remains  of  theatres,  and  aqueducts,  &c.,  with 


MEMOIR  OP  BURCKIIARDT.  O» 

which  the  streets  in  many  places  are  entirely  blocked 
up. 

It  was  Burckhardt's  intention  to  visit  Ammon, 
but  from  the  terror  of  the  Arabs  no  guide  could  be 
prevailed  with  to  conduct  him  beyond  the  mountains 
of  Balka.  Disappointed  in  this  expectation,  he  re- 
traced his  steps  northward,  reached  the  lower  ex- 
tremity of  the  lake  Tabaria,  examined  the  hot 
springs  in  that  neighbourhood,  and  on  the  9th  of 
May  arrived  at  Damascus.  This  excursion  enabled 
liiin  to  collect  some  valuable  observations  on  the 
political  divisions  of  the  country,  as  well  as  on  the 
character  and  customs  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
Haouran. 

The  period  of  Burckhardt's  experimental  training 
in  Syria  having  now  come  to  a  close,  he  made  pre- 
parations for  his  immediate  departure  to  Egypt. 
Wishing  to  obtain  a  better  knowledge  of  the  moun- 
tains to  the  east  of  the  Jordan,  and  being  still  more 
desirous  of  visiting  the  almost  unknown  districts 
eastward  of  the  Dead  Sea,  as  well  as  of  exploring 
the  regions  that  lie  between  the  latter  and  the 
Red  Sea,  he  resolved  to  proceed  to  Cairo  by  that 
route,  in  preference  to  the  direct  road  through 
Jerusalem  and  Gaza,  where  it  was  not  probable 
he  would  obtain  much  information  important  for 
its  novelty. 

Although  this  deviation  would  retard  his  progress 
a  little,  he  thought  the  delay  would  be  more  than 
compensated  by  the  light  which  he  expected  to 
throw  on  the  geography  of  those  countries,  which 


56  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

so  few  Europeans  were  qualified  to  explore.  u  Know- 
ing (says  he)  that  my  intended  way  led  through  a 
diversity  of  Bedouin  tribes,  I  considered  it  advisable 
to  equip  myself  in  the  simplest  manner.  I  assumed 
the  most  common  Bedouin  dress,  took  no  luggage 
with  me,  and  mounted  a  mare  that  was  not  likely 
to  excite  the  cupidity  of  the  Arabs."  On  the  second 
day  he  passed  near  the  lower  ridge  of  the  Djibel 
el  Sheikh,  the  Mount  Herrnon  of  the  sacred  writ- 
ings, and  crossed  the  Jordan,  which  here  flows  in  a 
narrow  bed  and  with  a  rapid  stream.  Next  day  he 
reached  Szaffad,  the  ancient  Japhat,  a  neatly  built 
town,  commanding  an  extensive  view  over  the 
country  towards  Acre,  and  in  clear  weather  the  sea 
is  visible  from  it.  Descending  the  mountain,  he 
came  to  a  place  of  refreshment  called  the  Khan 
Djob  Yussef,  or  the  Khan  of  Joseph's  Well,  where 
the  natives  show  the  pit  into  which  they  pretend 
that  patriarch  was  let  down  by  his  brethren.  It  is 
in  a  small  court-yard,  and  is  about  three  feet  in 
diameter,  and  at  least  thirty  deep,  the  sides  being 
lined  with  masonry.  Both  Turks  and  Christians 
hold  it  in  great  veneration.  The  former  have  a 
small  chapel  just  by  it,  and  caravan  travellers  sel- 
dom pass  without  saying  a  few  prayers  in  honour  of 
Yussef.  The  whole  of  the  mountain  in  the  vicinity 
is  covered  with  large  pieces  of  black  stone,  although 
the  main  body  of  the  rock  is  calcareous  ;  and  to  ac- 
count for  this,  the  inhabitants  have  a  legend  that 
the  tears  of  Jacob,  dropping  on  the  ground  while  he 
was  in  search  of  his  son,  turned  the  white  stones 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  5J 

black ;  and  hence  they  give  them  the  name  of 
*'  Jacob's  tears." 

At  a  short  distance  are  the  town  and  lake  of 
Tabaria,  of  which  Burckhardt  has  given  an  interest- 
ing description.  Tabaria  is  a  walled  town,  with 
about  four  thousand  inhabitants,  consisting  of  Jews, 
Turks,  and  a  few  Christians.  It  is  one  of  the  four 
holy  cities  of  the  Talmud  ;  the  others  being  Szaffad, 
Jerusalem,  and  Hebron.  It  is  esteemed  sacred 
ground,  because  Jacob  is  alleged  to  have  resided 
here,  and  because  it  is  situated  on  the  Lake  Genne- 
sareth,  out  of  which,  according  to  Rabbinical  tradi- 
tion, the  Messiah  is  to  rise. 

Jews  resort  to  this  place  from  all  quarters  of  the 
globe,  in  order  to  pass  their  days  in  praying  for 
their  own  salvation  and  that  of  their  brethren  who 
are  occupied  in  worldly  pursuits.  The  sacred  duties 
are  rendered  the  more  indispensable  from  a  dogma 
of  the  Talmud,  thpt  the  world  will  return  to  its 
primitive  chaos  if  devotions  are  not  offered  up  to 
the  God  of  Israel  at  least  twice  a  week  in  the  four 
.  holy  cities.  This  belief  is  of  considerable  pecuniary 
advantage  to  the  supplicants,  as  the  missionaries, 
whom  they  send  abroad  to  Spain,  Barbary,  Egypt, 
Greece,  Poland,  Bohemia,  &c.  to  collect  alms,  are 
in  the  habit  of  frightening  the  rich  Jews  into  a 
liberal  supply  of  money,  by  pleading  the  danger  of 
the  threatened  dissolution  of  the  universe,  should 
they  neglect  to  keep  up  these  devotional  services. 
If  a  pilgrim  brings  a  little  money  with  him,  the 
cunning  of  the  devout  citizens  soon  deprives  him  of 


58  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

it;  for  as  he  is  generally  impressed  with  extrava- 
gant ideas  of  the  sanctity  of  the  place,  he  is  easily 
imposed  upon  before  his  enthusiasm  begins  to  cool. 
To  rent  a  house  in  which  some  learned  Rabbi  or 
saint  died,  to  visit  their  tombs,  to  have  the  sacred 
books  opened  in  his  presence,  or  public  prayers  read 
for  his  salvation ;  all  these  inestimable  advantages, 
besides  various  other  minor  religious  tricks,  quickly 
strip  the  stranger  of  his  last  farthing.  He  then 
becomes  dependent  upon  the  charity  of  his  nation, 
upon  foreign  subsidies,  or  the  fervour  of  some  new 
comer,  as  inexperienced  as  himself. 

The  Jews  here  spend  almost  their  whole  time  in 
the  schools  and  synagogues.  They  possess  some 
very  beautiful  copies  of  the  books  of  Moses,  written 
upon  leather  instead  of  parchment,  and  perhaps 
manufactured  at  Bagdad,  where  the  best  Hebrew 
scribes  live.  "  They  observe  a  singular  custom  in 
praying :  while  the  Rabbi  recites  the  Psalms  of 
David,  or  the  supplications  extracted  from  them, 
the  people  frequently  imitate  by  their  voices  or  ges- 
tures the  meaning  of  some  remarkable  passage ;  for 
example,  when  the  Rabbi  pronounces  the  words, 
*  Praise  the  Lord  with  the  sound  of  the  trumpet,' 
they  imitate  the  instrument  through  their  closed 
fists.  When  '  a  horrible  tempest'  occurs,  they  puff 
and  blow,  to  represent  a  storm ;  or  should  he  men- 
tion '  the  cries  of  the  righteous  in  distress,'  they 
all  set  up  a  loud  screaming;  and  it  often  happens, 
that  while  some  are  still  blowing  the  storm,  others 
have  already  begun  the  cries  of  the  righteous*— 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  59 

thus  forming  a  concert  which  it  is  difficult  for  any 
but  a  zealous  Hebrew  to  hear  with  gravity." 

Not  far  from  the  town  there  are  hot-baths,  much 
resorted  to  from  all  parts  of  Syria,  being  reckoned 
very  efficacious  for  rheumatism  and  constitutional 
debility.  The  water  of  the  lake  rises,  during  the 
rainy  season,  three  or  four  feet  above  its  ordinary 
level ;  owing,  perhaps,  to  the  great  number  of  win- 
ter torrents  which  empty  themselves  into  it.  It  was 
around  its  borders,  or  upon  its  surface,  that  many 
miracles  of  the  Messiah  were  wrought ;  the  fishery, 
which  afforded  the  means  of  livelihood  to  several  of 
the  Apostles,  is  now  totally  neglected,  and  can 
scarcely  yield  employment  for  a  single  boat. 

A  few  hours'  journey  to  the  westward  of  the 
town  is  Mount  Tor,  or  Tabor,  the  scene  of  the  trans- 
figuration ;  although  the  exact  spot  is  disputed  be- 
tween the  Greek  and  Latin  Christians,  who  have 
each  their  own  chapel,  wherein  the  sacred  event  is 
commemorated.  It  is  nearly  insulated,  of  a  conical 
shape,  and  overtops  all  the  neighbouring  summits. 
The  top  is  flat  and  of  considerable  circuit,  the  sides, 
except  towards  the  south,  are  covered  with  a  forest 
of  oak  and  wild  pistachio  trees.  The  view  from  the 
hill  is  exceedingly  beautiful,  and  has  been  admired 
by  all  travellers.  On  one  side  the  expanse  of  the 
Mediterranean  is  seen  in  the  distance;  nearer  are 
Carmel,  the  mountains  of  Gilboa,  and  Nazareth,  the 
hills  of  Samaria  on  the  south ;  the  sea  of  Tiberias 
on  the  east,  the  mount  of  Beatitude  towards  the 
north,  and  farther  in  the  same  direction,  Mount 


60  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

Hermon  and  the  snowy  peaks  of  the  Anti-Libanus. 
Immediately  around  are  the  rich  and  spacious  plains 
of  Esdraelon  and  Galilee,  the  most  fertile  part  of  the 
Land  of  Canaan,  the  inheritance  where  the  tribe  of 
Issachar  "  rejoiced  to  pitch  their  tents." 

In  this  region  occurred  some  of  the  most  memor- 
able events  of  Scripture  history.  Here  it  was  that 
Barak,  descending  with  his  ten  thousand  men  from 
Tabor,  discomfited  Sisera  with  all  his  chariots.  In 
the  same  neighbourhood,  Josiah,  king  of  Judah, 
fought  in  disguise  against  Necho,  king  of  Egypt, 
and  fell  by  the  arrows  of  his  antagonist.  Vespasian 
reviewed  his  legions  in  the  same  great  plain ;  and 
from  the  days  of  Nebuchadnezzar  to  the  invasion  of 
Napoleon,  it  has  been  a  chosen  place  for  encamp- 
ments in  every  contest  carried  on  in  Palestine. 
When  the  French  entered  Syria  in  1799,  General 
Kleber  was  here  attacked  by  an  army  of  25,000 
Turks.  Here,  too,  is  to  be  fought  the  great  battle 
of  Armageddon,  so  well  known  to  all  interpreters  of 
prophecy,  which  is  expected  to  change  the  aspect  of 
the  Eastern  world. 

On  leaving  Tabaria,  Burckhardt  proceeded  to 
Nazareth ;  visiting  in  his  route  several  spots  re- 
corded in  the  New  Testament,  among  others  the 
village  of  Cana  (Kefer  Kenna),  where  the  miracle 
at  the  marriage-feast  was  performed ;  and  the  Ke- 
rom  Haltun,  a  small  oblong  hill,  which  the  Chris- 
tians call  the  mount  of  Beatitude,  where  Christ 
delivered  his  sermon,  and  where  they  allege  the  five 
thousand  were  fed.  Naszera,  or  Nazareth,  is  one 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  61 

of  the  principal  towns  of  the  Pashalik  of  Acre.  As 
might  be  expected,  it  abounds  with  relics  and 
legends  connected  with  the  parentage  and  infancy 
of  the  Messiah.  Travellers  are  still  shown  the 
house  and  workshop  of  Joseph ;  the  latter,  which 
is  near  the  convent,  is  now  a  small  chapel,  perfectly 
modern,  and  white-washed  like  a  Turkish  sepul- 
chre ; — the  synagogue  where  Christ  disputed  with 
the  doctors  ;— the  precipice  from  which  the  monks 
aver  he  leapt  down  to  escape  the  rage  of  his  towns- 
men, who  wTere  offended  at  his  applications  of  the 
sacred  text ; — the  table,  a  long  flat  stone,  on  which 
it  is  affirmed  he  eat  meat  with  his  disciples,  both 
before  and  after  his  resurrection,  are  among  the 
venerable  curiosities  pointed  out  to  the  devout 
pilgrim. 

But  the  principal  of  these  ancient  monuments  is 
the  convent  of  the  Latin  Friars,  a  very  spacious 
and    commodious    building,    within  which  is  the 
church  of  the  Annunciation,  containing  two  tolera- 
bly good  organs,  and  next  to  the  Holy  Sepulchre 
at  Jerusalem,  the  finest  church  in  Syria.     Here  is 
shown  the  spot  where  the  angel  stood  when  he  an- 
nounced the  Messiah  to  the  Virgin.     Behind  the 
\  altar  is  a  subterraneous  cavern,  divided  into  small 
!  grottoes,  where  Mary  is  said  to  have  lived;  her 
i  kitchen,  parlour,  and  bed-room  are  shown  ;  besides 
several  other  pious  wonders,  of  which  the  Syrian 
Christians  have  a  copious  stock,  unfounded  upon 
any  authority  of  Scripture. 

At  the  time  of  the  French  invasion,  Nazareth 


62  MEMOIR  OF  BTJRCKHARDT. 

was  occupied  by  six  or  eight  hundred  men.  Bona- 
parte dined  in  the  town,  which  was  the  most  north- 
ern point  of  his  expedition ;  he  had  come  to  the 
relief  of  Kleber,  who  had  encountered  25,000  Turks 
in  the  plain  of  Esdraelon,  and  returned  the  same 
day  to  Acre. 

As  Burckhardt  had  resolved  to  visit  Szalt,  a 
strong  castle  in  the  mountains  of  Belka,  which  he 
had  not  been  able  to  see  during  his  late  tour  in  the 
Haouran,  it  happened  fortunately  that  two  petty 
merchants  from  that  place  came  to  Nazareth  when 
he  was  on  the  eve  of  his  departure ;  he  joined  their 
little  caravan ;  and  after  passing  the  ruins  of  En- 
dor  (where  the  witch's  grotto  is  shown),  Nablous, 
Beysan  (Scythopolis),  and  Jabbok,  the  travellers 
descended  into  the  Ghor,  or  valley  of  the  Jordan, 
and  arrived  at  Szalt,  which  is  only  a  few  hours' 
journey  from  Djibel  Djelaoud,  the  Gilead  of  Scrip- 
ture history. 

The  Szaltese  are  entirely  independent  of  the 
Turkish  government ;  a  few  of  them  are  artisans, 
but  the  greater  number  pursue  agriculture.  In 
July  and  August  they  collect  in  the  mountains  the 
leaves  of  the  sumach,  which  they  dry  and  carry  to 
the  market  at  Jerusalem,  for  the  use  of  the  tan- 
neries. The  merchants  also  buy  up  ostrich  feathers 
from  the  Bedouins,  which  they  sell  to  great  advan- 
tage at  Damascus.  Many  hills  and  ruins  in  this 
district  preserve  the  names  of  the  Old  Test? me -nt, 
and  elucidate  the  topography  of  the  province  that 
fell  to  the  lot  ef  the  tribes  &  Gad  and  Reuben. 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  63 

From  the  town  of  Szalt,  which  stands  on  the  de- 
clivity of  the  mountain,  crowned  by  the  castle, 
there  is  a  fine  view  over  the  Ghor ;  Rieha,  or  Jeri- 
cho, is  visible  at  a  great  distance  to  the  southward  ; 
and  in  the  neighbouring  valley  of  Mezer  Osha,  tra- 
dition points  out  the  tomb  of  the  Prophet  Hosea, 
which  is  in  the  form  of  a  coffin,  thirty-six  feet 
long,  three  broad,  and  three  and  a  half  in  height. 
Both  Turks  and  Christians  are  in  the  habit  of  offer- 
ing prayers  and  sacrifices  in  honour  of  the  saint. 
Visitors  generally  drop  a  few  paras,  which  are  col- 
lected by  the  guardian  ostensibly  for  defraying  the 
expense  of  illuminating  the  vaulted  building  which 
contains  the  tomb,  and  also  serves  as  a  mosque. 

At  the  distance  of  about  twenty  miles  to  the 
eastward  are  the  ruin?  of  Ammon,  situate  in  a 
valley  on  both  sides  of  a  rivulet  that  empties  itself 
into  the  Zerka.  The  most  remarkable  of  these  is  a 
large  amphitheatre,  which  is  much  decayed,  and 
much  inferior  to  that  of  Dj  crash.  Many  edifices, 
such  as  churches,  temples,  columns,  arched  bridges, 
&c.,  still  remain  to  attest  the  former  splendour  of 
Ammon ;  amongst  which  is  the  castle,  whose  walls 
of  immense  thickness  consist  of  huge  blocks  of 
stones  piled  up  without  cement,  denoting  a  very 

i  remote  antiquity.  Having  with  some  difficulty 
procured  a  guide,  Burckhardt  continued  his  route, 

'  and  in  ten  days  and  a  half  arrived  at  Kerek,  pass- 
ing in  course  of  his  journey  various  places  men- 
tioned in  the  Old  Testament, — Heshbon,  Baalmeon, 
Medala,  Kirjathaim,  Mount  Nebo,  the  Plains  of 


64  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARI>T. 

Moab,  Diban,  Aroer,  Rabbath  Moab,  and  the  deep 
beds  of  t  jvo  torrents,  El  Nale  and  El  Modjib,  which 
lie  supposes  to  be  the  Nahaleel  and  Arnon. 

Kerek,  which  lies  a  few  miles  eastward  from  the 
lowrer  extremity  of  the  Dead  Sea,  has  long  been, 
and  still  is,  an  important  position.  The  town  is 
built  on  the  top  of  a  precipice,  surrounded  on  all 
sides  by  a  deep  and  narrow  valley,  but  commanded 
by  the  mountains  beyond  it.  Originally  it  had  only 
two  entrances,  one  to  the  south,  and  the  other  to 
the  north,  which  were  merely  long  dark  passages 
cut  through  the  rock.  It  was  anciently  the  princi- 
pal city  and  fortress  of  the  Nabathean  Arabs ;  and 
during  the  first  ages  of  their  intercourse  with  the 
Greeks,  it  was  known  to  the  latter  by  the  name 
of  Petra,  so  often  applied  by  them  to  barbarian  hill- 
posts. 

When  the  Macedonians  became  acquainted  with 
this  part  of  Syria  by  means  of  the  expedition  which 
Antigonus  sent  out  against  the  Nabatheans  under 
his  son  Demetrius,  we  are  informed  by  Diodorus 
that  the  Arabs  placed  their  old  men,  women,  and 
children  "  upon  a  certain  rock,"  steep,  unfortified 
by  walls,  and  admitting  only  of  one  access  to  the 
summit.  From  this  description,  and  its  vicinity  to  the 
Lake  Asphaltites  (the  Dead  Sea),  we  may  presume 
that  Kerek  is  the  place  here  referred  to  by  the 
Greek  historian ;  and  that  when  the  increase  of 
commerce  required  a  situation  better  fitted  for  the 
growing  population  and  wealth  of  the  Nabatheans, 
the  appellation  of  Petra  was  transferred  to  another 


MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHARDT. 

city,  which  became  the  capital  of  Northe: 
and  the  great  entrepot  of  the  trade  from  India, 
Persia,  and  Arabia,  to  Egypt  and  the  Mediterranean. 
Kerek  then  became  distinguished  by  its  own  name 
in  the  Greek  form  of  Charax ;  it  was  afterwards 
strongly  fortified,  and  in  the  time  of  the  crusades 
was  a  stronghold  of  the  Saracens.  Its  chief  or  sheikh 
is  still  a  powerful  personage,  and  a  leading  character 
in  the  affairs  of  the  deserts  of  South  Syria.  His 
conduct  to  our  traveller,  as  we  shall  soon  find,  was 
very  unfriendly,  although  he  had  been  particularly 
recommended  to  him  by  a  grandee  of  Damascus. 

The  inhabitants  of  Kerek  are  esteemed  excellent 
warriors ;  they  are  hospitable  to  strangers ;  and  as 
butter  is  with  them  a  principal  article  of  domestic 
consumption,  it  is  considered  an  unpardonable  mean- 
ness to  sell  it,  or  exchange  it  for  any  necessary  or 
convenience  of  life ;  so  much  so,  that  if  a  man  is 
known  to  have  transgressed  in  this  respect,  his 
daughters  or  sisters  would  remain  unmarried,  for 
no  one  would  dare  to  connect  himself  with  the 
family  of  a  Baya  el  Samin,  or  butter-seller, — the 
most  insulting  epithet  that  can  be  applied  to  a 
Kerekein.  This  people  intermarry  with  the  Be- 
douins, but  they  do  not  treat  their  wives  so  affec- 
tionately as  the  Arabs.  If  one  of  them  happen  to 
fall  sick,  and  her  sickness  is  likely  to  prevent  her 
for  some  time  from  taking  care  of  the  household 
affairs,  the  husband  sends  her  back  to  her  father  s 
house  with  a  message  that  "  he  must  cure  her,"  for, 
as  he  says,  "  I  bought  a  healthy  wife  of  you,  and  it 


DO  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

is  not  just  that  I  should  be  at  the  expense  or  trouble 
of  curing  her/'  He  never  provides  clothes  or  arti- 
cles of  dress  for  his  spouse ;  she  is  in  consequence 
obliged  to  apply  to  her  own  family,  or  to  rob  her 
husband  of  his  wheat  and  barley,  and  sell  it  clan- 
destinely in  small  quantities,  otherwise  she  could 
not  appear  decently  in  public.  The  inhabitants  hold 
commercial  intercourse  with  Jerusalem,  for  which 
place  a  caravan  departs  every  two  months. 

Burckhardt  had  not  an  opportunity  of  descend- 
ing to  the  borders  of  the  Dead  Sea,  but  he  took 
notes  of  the  descriptions  of  it  which  were  given  him 
by  the  natives.  The  hills  towards  the  south  abound 
in  rock-salt,  which  is  washed  off  by  the  winter 
rains  and  carried  down  into  the  lake.  The  asphal- 
tum,  which  the  Arabs  pretend  oozes  from  the  fis- 
sures in  the  eastern  cliffs,  is  collected  in  large  pieces 
on  the  rocks  below,  where  the  mass  gradually  in- 
creases and  hardens  until  it  is  rent  asunder  by  the 
heat  of  the  sun  with  a  loud  explosion,  and  falling 
into  the  sea,  it  is  carried  by  the  waves  in  consider- 
able quantities  to  the  opposite  shore .  At  the  north- 
ern extremity  of  the  lake,  the  stink-stone  is  found ; 
its  combustible  properties  are  ascribed  by  the  Arabs 
to  the  magic  rod  of  Moses,  whose  tomb  is  not  far 
from  thence.  The  water  of  the  Dead  Sea  is  so 
strongly  impregnated  with  salt,  that  the  skin  of  the 
legs  of  those  who  wade  across  it  soon  afterwards 
peels  entirely  off. 

After  remaining  nearly  three  weeks  at  Kerek, 
waiting  the  departure  of  the  sheikh,  Burckhardt  set 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  67 

out,  accompanied  by  that  chief,  with  an  escort  of 
about  forty  horsemen.  The  sheikh  pretended  he 
had  business  in  the  mountains  of  Djebal  (the  ancient 
Gebalene) ;  but  he  soon  proved  a  treacherous  friend, 
and  left  our  traveller  to  shift  for  himself,  after  plun- 
dering him  of  nearly  all  his  money  and  property, 
although  he  had  sworn  by  the  most  solemn  oath  of 
the  Bedouins, — laying  his  hand  upon  the  head  of  his 
little  boy  and  the  fore-feet  of  his  mare, — that  he 
would  conduct  him  to  a  territory  whence  he  might 
proceed  with  safety  to  Egypt.  Having  satisfied 
his  own  cupidity,  he  recommended  his  guest  to  the 
care  of  a  Bedouin  as  avaricious  as  himself,  who 
stript  him  of  the  remainder  of  his  money,  and  then 
abandoned  him  to  the  chances  of  the  desert.  In 
this  situation  he  encountered  many  difficulties,  and 
was  obliged  to  walk  from  one  encampment  to  ano- 
ther, until  he  found  a  person  who  engaged  to  carry 
him  to  Cairo. 

In  company  with  his  new  guide,  he  continued 
his  route  along  the  eastern  border  of  Wadi  Ghoeyr, 
which  divides  the  district  of  Gebalene  from  Djebal 
Shera,  the  Mount  Seir  of  Scripture,  in  the  territory 
of  the  Edomites.  This  chain  of  mountains  is  a 
continuation  of  the  eastern  Syrian  range,  which 
begins  with  the  Anti-Libanus,  joins  Mount  Her- 
mon,  forms  the  valley  of  the  Ghoeyr,  passes  the 
oorder  of  the  Dead  Sea,  and  stretches  to  the  Gulf 
of  Akaba.  The  great  valley  of  the  Ghoeyr  (or  Jor- 
dan) may  be  said  to  extend  from  the  source  of  that 
river  to  the  Bed  Sea.  It  widens  about  Jericho^ 


68  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

where  its  enclosing  hills  are  united  to  a  range  of 
mountains  which  open  and  include  the  Dead  Sea. 
At  the  lower  extremity  of  this  lake  they  again  ap- 
proach, and  leave  between  them  a  valley  similar  to 
the  northern  Ghoeyr  in  shape,  but  which  the  want  of 
water  makes  a  desert ;  whereas  the  Jordan  and  its 
numerous  tributaries  render  the  other  a  fertile  plain. 
At  a  short  distance  south  of  the  Dead  Sea  it  is  in- 
terrupted by  rocky  ground,  when  it  takes  the  name 
of  Arabah,  which  it  retains  until  its  termination  near 
Akaba. 

The  existence  of  this  lower  valley,  as  Burckhardt 
remarks,  appears  to  have  been  unknown  to  ancient 
as  well  as  modern  geographers,  although  it  is  a  very 
remarkable  feature  in  the  topography  of  Syria  and 
Arabia  Petraea ;  and  is  still  more  interesting  for  its 
productions.  Indigo  is  of  common  growth ;  so  is 
the  coloquintida,  the  szadder,  a  species  of  the 
cochineal-tree,  the  talh  or  acacia,  which  produces 
the  gum-arabic,  the  tarfa  or  tamarisk,  and  the 
asheyr  or  silk-tree,  which  bears  a  fruit  of  reddish- 
yellow  colour,  containing  a  white  substance  resem- 
bling the  finest  silk,  and  used  by  the  Arabs  as 
matches  for  their  firelocks.  It  is  here  also,  as  well 
as  in  the  desert  of  Mount  Sinai,  that  the  manna  is 
still  found.  It  is  called  by  the  natives  Assal  Bey- 
rouk,  or  the  honey  of  Beyrouk.  "  It  was  described 
to  me,"  says  Burckhardt,  "  as  a  juice  dropping  from 
ihe  leaves  and  twigs  of  a  tree  called  Gharrab,  of  the 
size  of  an  olive-tree,  with  leaves  like  those  of  the 
poplar,  but  somewhat  broader.  The  honey  collects 


MEMOIR  OF  BUKCKHARDT.  69 

upon  the  leaves  like  dew,  and  is  gathered  from 
them,  or  from  the  ground  under  the  tree,  which  is 
often  found  completely  covered  with  it.  According 
to  some,  its  colour  is  brownish ;  others  said  it  was 
of  a  grayish  hue ;  it  is  very  sweet  when  fresh,  but 
turns  sour  after  being  kept  for  two  days.  The 
Arabs  eat  it  like  honey  (or  make  cakes  of  it),  with 
butter ;  they  also  put  it  into  their  gruel,  and  use  it 
in  rubbing  their  water-skins,  in  order  to  exclude 
the  air." 

The  fields  around  Tafyle  are  frequented  by  im- 
mense numbers  of  crows ;  the  eagle  (Rakham)  is 
very  common  in  the  mountains,  as  are  also  wild 
boars.  Large  herds  of  mountain  goats  are  met  with, 
which  pasture  in  flocks  of  forty  or  fifty  together, 
and  are  killed  by  the  inhabitants  for  their  flesh  and 
their  huge  knotty  horns,  which  they  sell  to  the 
Hebron  merchants,  who  carry  them  to  Jerusalem, 
where  they  are  worked  into  the  handles  of  knives 
and  daggers.  They  are  the  Steinbock  or  Bouquetin 
of  the  Swiss  and  Tyrol  Alps ;  and  when  pursued, 
it  is  said  they  will  throw  themselves  from  a  height 
of  fifty  feet  or  more  upon  their  heads,  without  re- 
ceiving any  injury.  About  Kerek  and  Mount  Seir, 
the  bird  Katta  (or  Tetrao  alkatta\  a  species  of 
partridge,  is  very  abundant;  they  congregate  in 
such  large  flocks,  that  the  Arab  boys  often  kill  two 
or  three  of  them  at  a  time,  merely  by  throwing  a 
stick  among  them.  "  It  is  not  improbable,"  says 
Burckhardt,  "  that  this  bird  is  the  Seloua  or  quail 
of  the  children  of  Israel." 


70  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

But  the  most  interesting  feature  of  Wadi  Arabah 
is  its  association  with  the  early  history  and  com- 
merce of  the  Israelites.  That  this  valley  gave  its 
name  to  the  whole  peninsula  of  Arabia,  there  is 
little  reason  to  doubt.  As  it  belonged  to  the  de- 
scendants of  Ishmael  from  the  earliest  ages  (Gen. 
xxv.  13),  it  is  natural  to  suppose  that  these  warlike 
tribes  would  give  the  name  of  their  original  domi- 
nions to  the  territories  which  they  conquered,  until 
it  extended  over  the  whole  country,  which  they  are 
recorded  to  have  subdued  as  far  as  Mecca.  Moses 
repeatedly  calls  the  western  wilderness  Arabah, 
and  describes  it  (Deut.  i.  1,  2),  with  a  minuteness 
not  to  be  mistaken,  as  situated  "  over  against  the 
Eed  Sea,  between  Paran  and  Tophel,  and  by  the 
way  of  Elath  and  Ezion-gaber."  It  was  probably 
the  Kadesh-barnea  of  the  same  historian,  through 
which  he  retreated  southwards  when  "  Edom  re- 
fused to  give  Israel  a  passage  through  his  border," 
(Numb.  xx.  21),  so  that  they  had  no  alternative 
left  but  to  retrace  their  steps,  following  the  direc- 
tion of  the  valley  as  they  "  journeyed  from  Mount 
Hor  (which  rises  abruptly  from  the  valley,  and 
where  Aaron  died),  by  the  way  of  the  Red  Sea,  to 
compass  the  land  of  Edom,  through  the  way  of  the 
plain  (in  Hebrew,  Arabah),  from  Elath,  and  from 
Ezion-gaber,"  until "  they  turned  and  passed  through 
the  wilderness  of  Moab,  and  arrived  at  the  brook 
Zared,"  which  flows  close  by  Zoar  and  the  lower 
end  of  the  lake  of  Sodom.  The  preservation  of  so 
many  Scripture  names,  together  with  the  other 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  71 

geographical  facts  derived  from  the  journey  of 
Burckhardt  through  these  interesting  regions,  fur- 
nish a  most  satisfactory  illustration  of  the  Mosaic 
account  of  the  Exodus. 

At  a  later  period,  Arabah  seems  to  have  formed 
the  "  highway"  of  Jewish  commerce.  It  is  pro- 
bable that  the  trade  between  Jerusalem  and  the 
Arabian  Sea  was  carried  on  through  this  valley ; 
the  caravans,  loaded  at  Ezion-gaber  on  the  upper 
point  of  the  Elanitic  Gulf  with  the  treasures  of 
Ophir,  the  ivory  and  peacocks  of  India,  might  after 
a  march  of  six  or  seven  days  deposit  their  cargoes 
in  the  warehouses  of  Solomon. 

The  prolongation  of  the  Ghor  and  the  Arabah, 
which  completes  a  longitudinal  separation  of  Syria 
for  three  hundred  miles,  is  a  very  remarkable  fea- 
ture in  the  geography  of  the  Holy  Land ;  indicating 
that  the  Jordan  once  discharged  itself  into  the  Red 
Sea  about  Akaba,  and  confirming  the  truth  of  the 
great  volcanic  convulsion  described  in  the  19th 
chapter  of  Genesis,  which  interrupted  the  course  of 
the  river  by  converting  into  a  bituminous  lake 
those  fertile  plains  occupied  by  the  cities  of  Adma, 
Elam,  Sodom,  and  Gomorrah;  and  changing  all 
the  valley  to  the  southward  into  a  sandy  desert. 
This  valley,  as  Burckhardt  remarks,  deserves  to  be 
thoroughly  known ;  its  examination  would  lead  to 
many  interesting  discoveries,  and  ought  to  be  one 
of  the  most  important  objects  of  a  Palestine  tra- 
veller. 

At  this  stage  of  his  journey  Burckhardt  formed 


72  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT, 

the  resolution  to  visit  the  remains  of  one  of  the 
most  singular  spots  in  these  deserts,  perhaps  in  the 
eastern  world ;  we  mean  the  city  of  Petra,  the  an- 
cient capital  of  Idumea,  which  he  had  the  good 
fortune  to  discover  after  it  had  been  for  a  long 
series  of  ages  completely  hidden  from  the  know- 
ledge of  Europeans,  and  its  very  name  almost 
effaced  from  the  page  of  history.  These  ruins  are 
situated  in  Wadi  Mousa,  a  narrow  valley  at  a  short 
distance  eastward  from  Arabah.  He  had  heard  the 
country  people  speak  in  terms  of  great  admiration 
of  these  antiquities;  but  from  the  ferocity  of  the 
Arabs,  and  the  suspicion  with  which  they  view  all 
strangers  who  can  give  no  better  reason  than  curi- 
osity for  coming  among  them,  the  attempt  was 
attended  with  some  danger.  His  guide  also  took 
the  alarm,  but  his  reluctance  was  overcome  by 
working  upon  his  superstitious  feelings.  "  I  pre- 
tended," says  Burckhardt,  "  to  have  made  a  vow 
to  slaughter  a  goat  in  honour  of  Haroun  (Aaron), 
whose  tomb  (held  in  great  veneration  by  the  Arabs) 
I  knew  was  situated  at  the  extremity  of  the  valley ; 
and  by  this  stratagem  I  thought  that  I  should  have 
the  means  of  seeing  the  valley  in  my  way  to  the 
tomb.  To  this  my  guide  had  nothing  to  oppose ; 
the  dread  of  drawing  upon  himself,  by  resistance, 
the  wrath  of  Haroun,  completely  silenced  him." 

In  a  few  hours  they  approached  the  place,  through 
a  wilderness  so  dreary  and  desolate,  that  we  can 
scarcely  imagine  how  it  was  ever  adorned  with 
walled  cities,  or  inhabited  by  powerful  and  opulent 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  73 

people.  The  entrance  to  this  celebrated  metropolis 
of  the  Stony  Arabia  (whence  it  derived  the  name 
of  Petraea)  is  from  the  eastward,  through  a  deep 
ravine,  called  El  Syk ;  and  it  is  not  easy  to  conceive 
any  thing  more  awfully  sublime.  The  width  in 
general  is  not  more  than  sufficient  for  the  passage 
of  two  horsemen  abreast,  and  it  forms  the  channel 
of  the  small  stream  that  watered  the  city,  whose 
course  was  protected  by  a  covering  of  stone  pave- 
ment, vestiges  of  which  still  remain.  On  either 
hand  rises  a  wall  of  perpendicular  rocks,  varying 
from  four  hundred  to  seven  hundred  feet  in  height, 
which  often  overhang  at  the  top  to  such  a  degree, 
that  without  their  actually  meeting,  the  sky  is  in- 
tercepted, scarcely  leaving  more  light  than  in  a 
cavern,  for  a  hundred  yards  together. 

The  sides  of  this  romantic  chasm,  from  which 
several  streamlets  issue,  are  clothed  with  the  tama- 
risk, the  wild  fig,  the  oleander,  and  the  caper  plant, 
which  sometimes  hang  down  from  the  cliffs  in  beau- 
tiful festoons,  or  grow  about  the  path  with  a  luxu- 
riance that  almost  obstructs  the  passage.  Near  its 
entrance,  a  bold  arch  is  thrown  across  it  at  a  great 
height ;  but  whether  it  be  the  fragment  of  an  aque- 
duct, or  part  of  a  road  formerly  connecting  the 
opposite  cliffs,  is  not  known. 

For  nearly  two  miles  this  natural  defile  winds  its 
way,  the  sides  continuing  to  increase  in  height  as 
the  path  descends ;  and  in  different  places  grooves 
or  artificial  beds  branch  off  from  the  rivulet,  the 
use  of  which  must  have  been  to  convey  a  supply  of 


74  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

water  to  the  gardens  and  houses  in  the  higher  parts 
of  the  city.  The  solitude  is  disturbed  by  the  inces- 
sant screaming  of  eagles,  hawks,  owls,  and  ravens, 
who  have  their  habitation  among  the  rocks  above, 
and  naturally  take  the  alarm  when  their  lonely 
abodes  are  invaded  by  strangers. 

At  every  step  the  scenery  discovers  more  and 
more  remarkable  features.  About  half-way  through 
there  is  a  single  spot  where  the  area  of  the  ravine 
spreads  a  little,  and  sweeps  into  a  kind  of  irregular 
circle.  Here  was  the  site  of  a  very  extraordinary 
work  of  art,  to  which  the  Arabs  give  the  name  of 
Kazr  Faraoun,  the  castle  or  palace  of  Pharaoh,  al- 
though it  resembles  more  the  sepulchre  than  the 
residence  of  a  prince.  The  front  of  this  curious 
mausoleum  rises  in  several  stories  to  the  height  of 
sixty  or  seventy  feet,  ornamented  with  columns, 
rich  friezes,  pediments,  and  large  figures  of  horses 
and  men.  The  interior  consists  of  a  large  chamber, 
the  walls  and  roof  of  which  are  quite  smooth,  and 
without  any  decoration.  No  part  of  this  stupend- 
ous temple  is  built,  the  whole  being  hewn  from  the 
solid  rock,  which  is  sand-stone  of  a  pale  rose-colour; 
it  looks  as  if  newly  from  the  chisel,  without  the 
tints  or  weather-stains  of  age ;  and  its  minutest 
embellishments,  wherever  the  hand  of  man  has  not 
effaced  them,  are  so  perfect,  that  it  may  be  doubted 
wrhether  any  work  of  the  ancients,  except  perhaps 
on  the  banks  of  the  Nile,  has  survived  with  so 
little  injury  from  the  lapse  of  time.  There  is 
scarcely  a  building  in  our  own  country,  of  forty 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  75 

years'  standing,  so  fresh  and  well  preserved  in  its 
architecture  as  the  Kazr  Faraoun,  which  Burckhardt 
represents  as  one  of  the  most  elegant  remains  of 
antiquity  he  had  found  in  Syria. 

Towards  the  lower  and  wider  extremity  of  this 
circuitous  passage,  its  sides  are  sculptured  and  ex- 
cavated in  a  most  singular  manner  ;  and  these  mo- 
numents become  more  frequent,  until  at  last  it  has 
the  appearance  of  a  continued  street  of  tombs.  The 
sombre  perspective  is  here  relieved  by  a  stronger 
light,  which  gradually  increases  until  the  ruins  of 
the  city  itself  burst  on  the  view  of  the  astonished 
traveller  in  their  full  grandeur;  shut  in  on  every 
side  by  barren  craggy  precipices,  from  which  nu- 
merous recesses  and  narrow  valleys  branch  out  in 
all  directions,  terminating  in  a  sort  of  cul  de  sac 
without  any  outlet.  Tombs  present  themselves  on 
every  hand,  and  are  even  intermixed  with  the  public 
and  domestic  edifices ;  so  that  Petra  has  been  truly 
denominated  one  vast  necropolis.  It  contains  above 
two  hundred  and  fifty  sepulchres,  which  are  occa- 
sionally excavated  in  tiers,  one  above  another ;  and 
in  places  where  the  side  of  the  cliff  is  so  perpendi- 
cular that  it  seems  impossible  to  reach  the  upper- 
most, no  access  whatever  being  visible. 

There  are  besides  numerous  mausoleums  of  co- 
losssal  dimensions,  and  in  a  state  of  wonderful  pre- 
servation. Among  these  are  the  KazrBenit  Faraoun^ 
or  palace  of  Pharaoh's  daughter,  and  a  theatre  with 
complete  rows  of  benches,  capable  of  containing 
above  three  thousand  spectators,  all  cut  out  of  the 


76  MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHARDT. 

solid  rock.  The  whole  ground  is  strewn  with  heaps 
of  hewn  stones,  foundations  of  buildings,  fragments 
of  pillars,  and  vestiges  of  paved  streets, — the  sad 
memorials  of  departed  greatness.  The  steep  sides 
of  the  rocky  girdle  that  encloses  the  place  is  hol- 
lowed out  into  grottos,  and  dwellings  of  various 
dimensions,  wThose  entrances  are  richly  and  often 
fantastically  decorated  with  every  order  of  architec- 
ture ;  showing  how  the  pride  and  labour  of  art  has 
vied  with  the  rude  sublimity  of  nature.  The  effect 
of  the  scene  is  heightened  by  the  appearance  of 
Mount  Hor,  towering  above  this  city  of  sepulchres, 
and  perforated  almost  to  the  top  with  caverns  and 
excavations  for  the  dead. 

The  vast  extent  of  these  stupendous  ruins  corro- 
borates the  accounts  given,  both  by  sacred  and  pro- 
fane writers,  of  the  kings  of  Petra,  their  courtly 
splendour,  and  their  ancient  power.  Great  must 
have  been  the  opulence  of  a  capital  that  could 
dedicate  such  monuments  to  the  memory  of  its 
rulers.  Their  magnificence  can  only  be  explained  by 
the  immense  trade  of  which  it  was  the  common 
centre,  from  the  very  dawn  of  civilisation;  for 
although  its  ruins  present  a  mixture  of  Greek  and 
Roman  architecture  coeval  with  the  Caesars  and 
Antonines,  many  of  them  are  of  a  much  remoter 
date ;  and  there  is  indubitable  evidence  that  Petra 
was  a  flourishing  emporium  seventeen  hundred 
years  before  the  Christian  era.  It  was  the  point  to 
which  all  the  trade  of  Northern  Arabia  originally 
tended,  and  where  the  first  merchants  of  the  earth 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  77 

stored  the  precious  commodities  of  the  East.  It 
formed  the  grand  entrepot  between  Palestine  and 
Egypt,  and  there  is  little  doubt  that  the  company 
of  Ishmaelites,  with  their  camels  bearing  spicery, 
balm,  and  myrrh,  to  whom  Joseph  was  sold  by  his 
brethern,  were  the  regular  caravan  that  visited  its 
markets.  The  famous  soothsayer  Balaam  was  a 
native  of  this  place,  whose  inhabitants,  even  at  that 
age,  were  renowned  for  their  learning,  their  oracu- 
lar temple,  and  their  skill  in  augury.  It  must  have 
been  the  impregnable  nature  of  the  situation  that 
rendered  it  so  celebrated  as  a  commercial  depot; 
for  while  it  admitted  of  easy  access  to  beasts  of 
burden,  it  might  defy  the  attacks  of  robbers  or  ene- 
mies, however  formidable. 

When  the  Romans  conquered  Syria,  some  of  their 
ablest  generals  and  emperors,  amongst  whom  were 
Lucullus,  Pompey,  Severus,  and  Trajan,  failed  in 
their  attempts  to  storm  Petra.  With  the  fall  of 
that  power  in  the  East,  and  the  new  channels 
which  were  opened  up  for  trade,  the  prosperity  of 
this  famous  city  declined,  until  its  very  position 
became  unknown,  and  its  name  almost  forgotten  in 
Europe.  Its  once  crowded  marts  ceased  to  be  the 
store-house  of  nations,  and  until  Burckhardt  visited 
in  1812,  the  obscurity  of  a  thousand  years  had 
covered  its  ruins.  Since  that  time  the  travellers— 
Irby,  Mangles,  Bankes,  Legh,  &c.  —  have  given 
more  copious  descriptions  of  these  interesting  relics ; 
and  within  these  few  years,  the  most  remarkable 
of  them  have  been  preserved  in  the  drawings  taken 


78  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

on  the  spot  by  M  M.  Laborde  and  Linant ;  some 
of  which  may  be  seen  in  the  later  editions  of  Keith's 
Evidence  of  Prophecy. 

Singularly  do  these  magnificent  remains  illustrate 
the  words  of  the  inspired  volume,  which  foretold 
that  wisdom  and  understanding  should  perish  out 
of  Mount  Seir ;  that  Edom  should  be  a  wilderness, 
its  cities  a  perpetual  waste,  the  abode  of  every  un- 
clean beast  (Isaiah  xxxiv.  5.  10.  17).  Nowhere 
is  there  a  more  striking  and  visible  demonstration 
of  the  truth  of  these  divine  predictions  than  among 
the  fallen  columns  and  deserted  palaces  of  Petra, 
whose  ruins  can  now  be  regarded  only  as  the  grave 
of  Idumaea,  in  which  its  former  wealth  and  splen- 
dour lie  interred.  The  dwellers  in  the  clefts  of  the 
rock  are  brought  low ;  the  princes  of  Edom  are  as 
nothing ;  its  eighteen  cities  are  swept  away ;  and 
the  territory  of  the  descendants  of  Esau  affords  as 
miraculous  a  proof  of  the  inspiration  of  Scripture 
history  as  the  fate  of  the  children  of  Israel. 

When  Burckhardt  had  taken  as  minute  a  survey 
of  the  ruins  as  time  and  circumstances  would  admit, 
he  proceeded  to  the  execution  of  his  pretended  vow, 
and  for  that  purpose  hired  a  guide,  for  a  pair  of  old 
horse-shoes,  to  conduct  him  up  Mount  Hor  to  the 
tomb  of  Aaron ;  but  as  the  sun  had  gone  down,  he 
was  obliged  to  kill  his  goat  at  some  distance,  for 
the  sacrifice  answers  equally  well  if  performed 
within  sight  of  the  sacred  spot.  "While  he  was 
slaying  the  animal,  the  pious  guide  commenced 
praying  aloud :  "  0  Har~*vi,  look  upon  us !  it  is 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  7^ 

for  you  we  slaughter  this  victim.  0  Haroun,  pro- 
tect us  and  forgive  us !  O  Haroun,  be  content 
with  our  good  intentions,  for  it  is  but  a  lean  goat ! 
0  Haroun,  smooth  our  path,  and  praise  be  to  the 
Lord  of  all  creatures !"  The  force  of  the  supplica- 
tion for  "  smoothing  the  path"  will  be  better  seen 
when  we  explain  that  the  whole  of  the  surrounding 
wilderness,  once  described  by  an  inspired  penman 
as  "  the  fatness  of  the  earth,"  is  now  a  desert  of 
shifting  sands,  whose  surface  is  covered  with  black 
flints  and  prickly  shrubs ;  so  that  the  Bedouins  are 
obliged  to  carry  in  their  girdles  a  pair  of  small 
pincers  to  extract  the  thorns  from  their  feet. 

It  was  the  intention  of  the  guide  to  conduct 
Burckhardt  to  Akaba,  in  the  hope  of  meeting  with 
some  caravan  for  Egypt ;  but  to  this  route  he  had 
strong  objections ;  afraid  that  he  might  meet  with 
danger  or  detention  from  the  garrison  of  Ali  Pasha, 
stationed  there  to  watch  the  Wahabis,  and  who 
were  extremely  suspicious  of  all  strangers.  He 
therefore  preferred  to  cross  the  desert  direct  for 
Suez,  and  had  the  good  fortune  to  join  a  small 
company  of  Arabs  who  were  carrying  a  few  camels 
to  the  Cairo  market.  His  destitute  condition  may 
be  conceived  from  his  own  description  : — "  My 
clothes  and  linen  were  worn  to  rags ;  a  dirty  Icaffye 
or  yellow  handkerchief  covered  my  head;  my 
leathern  girdle  and  shoes  had  long  been  exchanged 
by  way  of  presents,  against  similar  articles  of  an 
inferior  kind ;  so  that  those  I  now  wore  were  of 
the  very  worst  sort.  The  tube  of  my  pipe  was 


80  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

reduced  from  two  yards  to  a  span ;  for  I  had  been 
obliged  to  cut  off  from  it  as  much  as  would  make 
two  pipes  for  my  friends  at  Kerek ;  and  the  last 
article  of  my  luggage — a  pocket  handkerchief — had 
fallen  to  the  lot  of  the  sheikh  of  Eldjy  at  Wadi 
Mousa."  Having  nothing  left  to  excite  cupidity, 
he  expected  to  be  freed  from  all  further  demands ; 
but  in  this  he  was  mistaken ;  as  some  of  the  Arab 
ladies  took  a  fancy  to  the  few  linen  rags  (torn  from 
his  shirt)  that  were  bound  round  his  ankles,  which 
had  been  wounded  by  the  stirrups  :  they  begged  so 
hard  to  have  them  for  making  a  borkoa  or  face- veil, 
that  he  was  compelled  to  yield  to  their  impor- 
tunities. 

Their  route  lay  across  the  desert  of  El  Ty,  to  the 
northward  of  Mount  Sinai,  in  which,  according  both 
to  the  Jewish  and  Mahommedan  tradition,  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  wandered  for  several  years,  and  from 
which  belief  the  desert  takes  its  name.  Burckhardt 
describes  it  as  the  most  barren  and  horrid  tract  of 
country  he  had  ever  seen.  Black  flints  cover  the 
chalky  or  sandy  ground,  which  in  most  places  is 
without  any  vegetation.  The  talh  and  the  tamarisk 
grow  here  and  there,  but  the  hungry  camels  are 
obliged  in  the  evening  to  wander  whole  hours  out 
of  the  road  in  order  to  find  withered  shrubs,  on 
which  they  feed.  During  ten  days  they  only  met 
with  four  springs  or  wells,  three  of  which  were 
brackish  or  sulphureous.  They  passed  a  little  to 
the  northward  of  Suez,  and  arrived  at  Cairo  (Sep- 
tember 4)  by  the  pilgrim  road. 


MEMOIR  OP  BURCK11ARDT.  81 

Burckhardt's  first  employment,  on  reacli ing  Egypt, 
was  to  draw  up  a  detailed  account  of  his  journey, 
which  he  soon  afterwards  transmitted  to  the  Asso- 
ciation. As  he  was  now  on  the  borders  of  the 
region  which  was  the  more  immediate  object  of  his 
researches,  it  was  desirable  that  he  should  be  pre- 
pared for  setting  out  towards  the  countries  of  the 
Niger  as  early  as  an  opportunity  might  occur.  It 
happened,  at  the  moment  of  his  arrival,  that  a 
small  caravan  was  on  the  point  of  returning  from 
Cairo,  by  Timbuctoo,  into  some  of  the  northern 
districts  of  tLe  Great  African  Desert :  and  this  was 
precisely  the  route  in  which  it  was  intended  he 
should  commence  his  travels.  But  it  was  not  thought 
advisable,  until  he  had  recovered  from  his  fatigues 
and  got  his  plans  better  arranged,  to  risk  his  own 
hopes  and  those  of  the  Association  upon  such  a  pre- 
carious chance  of  success  as  this  caravan  would  have 
afforded.  Unless  a  prospect  offered,  in  every  respect 
favourable,  it  was  not  deemed  prudent  that  he  should 
enter  upon  his  undertaking  until  a  residence  of  seve- 
ral months  in  Egypt  had  made  him  familiar  with  a 
dialect  and  a  system  of  manners  and  of  policy  dif- 
fering considerably  from  those  to  which  he  had  been 
accustomed  in  Syria.  These  were  his  own  senti- 
ments ;  and  the  committee  in  London  entirely  coin- 
cided in  his  views,  that  nothing  was  more  to  be 
avoided  than  the  hazarding  of  his  personal  safety, 
together  with  the  success  of  his  mission,  by  the 
rash  step  of  a  hasty  and  ill-prepared  departure. 

The  delay  thus  occasioned  in  his  expedition  to 


82  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHABDT. 

Fezzan,  was  made  profitable  to  African  geography 
in  another  quarter.  "  I  mean,"  says  he,  "  to  set 
out  next  month  by  land  for  Upper  Egypt,  as  soon 
as  the  state  of  the  Nile  renders  the  journey  practi- 
cable. I  shall  push  on  beyond  the  first  cataract, 
and  follow  the  course  of  the  river,  by  the  second 
and  third  cataracts,  towards  Dongola.  That  coun- 
try, farther  up  than  Derr,  has  never  been  visited 
by  any  travellers ;  yet  I  am  informed  by  many  of 
the  natives  that  the  borders  of  the  river  are  full  of 
ancient  temples  and  other  antiquities,  resembling 
those  of  Luxor  and  the  Isle  of  Philae.  The  present 
tranquil  state  of  Egypt  renders  such  an  undertaking 
of  much  less  danger  than  it  might  have  been  during 
the  whole  of  last  century ;  for  the  Pasha  is  com- 
pletely master  of  the  country,  and  is  in  friendly 
intercourse  with  the  princes  of  Nubia.  This  jour- 
ney will,  I  hope,  make  me  acquainted  with  the 
character  of  the  Negro  nations,  and  of  those  who 
traffic  for  slaves,  and  will  thus  facilitate  my  travels 
in  the  interior  of  the  continent/' 

The  expectations  which  he  had  thus  formed  were 
realized  to  the  full.  On  the  llth  of  January,  1813, 
he  left  Cairo  with  a  guide  and  letters  of  recom- 
mendation (from  Ali  Pasha  among  others)  to  all 
the  governors  of  Upper  Egypt.  On  the  22d  of 
February  he  reached  Assouan,  the  Aga  of  which 
procured  him  a  guide  up  to  Derr,  the  chief  place  in 
Nubia;  and  thence  he  proceeded  to  Mahass,  on 
the  northern  frontier  of  Dongola.  As  he  had  fol- 
lowed the  course  of  the  Nile,  he  had  an  opportunity 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  83 

of  seeing  the  pyramids,  temples,  statues,  and  other 
antiquities  with  which  the  banks  of  that  celebrated 
river  abound;  of  many  of  them  he  took  plans, 
copying  inscriptions,  and  taking  notes  of  the  pro- 
ductions of  the  country  and  the  habits  of  the 
people.  On  the  31st  of  March  he  returned  to  As- 
souan, and  drew  up  a  journal  of  his  observations, 
which  he  transmitted  to  London.  "  It  has  been 
written,"  he  adds,  "  in  a  miserable  court-yard,  on 
the  side  of  my  camel,  under  the  influence  of  the 
hot  Kamsin  winds,  which  now  raged  in  Upper 
Egypt." 

His  descriptions  of  the  character  and  manners  of 
the  Nubians  are  curious  and  valuable ;  so  also  are 
his  occasional  remarks  on  the  natural  history  of 
those  countries.  The  hippopotamus,  he  says,  ia 
very  common  in  the  Nile,  about  Dongola ;  it  is  a 
dreadful  plague,  on  account  of  its  voracity,  and  the 
want  of  means  in  the  natives  to  destroy  it.  The 
peasants  eat  the  flesh,  but  sell  the  skin  and  teeth. 
Above  Derr,  the  river  has  many  windings;  and 
this  part  of  it  is  reputed  a  favourite  haunt  of  the 
crocodile.  Burckhardt  saw  half-a-dozen  of  them 
lying  together  on  a  sand-bank.  The  flesh  of  this 
steimal  is  eaten  by  the  Nubians  whenever  they  can 
catch  it ;  which,  however,  is  but  seldom.  Gazelles 
of  the  common  gray  species  are  everywhere  in  great 
numbers ;  and  hares  are  not  uncommon. 

The  birds  are  a  small  species  of  partridge  with 
red  legs,  wild  geese  of  the  largest  kind,  a  few  storks, 
the  eagle,  Rakham,  crows  in  abundance,  the  Katta, 


84  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

but  in  small  flights,  and  clouds  of  sparrows,  which 
are  the  terror  of  the  Nubians,  as  they  devour  at 
Jeast  one-third  of  the  harvest.  A  species  of  lap- 
wing is  also  extremely  common ;  and  a  white  water- 
bird  of  the  size  of  a  large  goose,  called  Kork,  which 
inhabits  the  sandy  islands  in  flocks  of  several  hun- 
dreds together.  Burckhardt  saw  no  bird  of  the 
shape  of  the  Ibis ;  nor  is  that  part  of  the  country 
visited  by  the  bird  Zakzak,  frequently  seen  in  Up- 
per Egypt,  which  is  said  to  creep  into  the  crocodile's 
mouth,  and  to  feed  upon  the  digested  food  which 
that  animal  throws  up  from  its  stomach. 

When  at  Assouan,  Burckhardt  had  projected  a 
lateral  excursion  into  the  Nubian  desert  towards 
the  Red  Sea,  and  thence  to  cross  into  Arabia,  before 
setting  out  on  his  western  tour;  but  a  delay  of 
several  months  occurred,  in  consequence  of  the  dis- 
turbed state  of  the  country,  which  was  much  in- 
fested by  robbers,  and  the  scarcity  of  provisions 
along  the  Nile  as  far  as  Sennaar,  occasioned  by  the 
locusts,  who  had  entirely  devoured  the  last  winter 
crops.  These  causes  continued  to  operate  from 
May  1813  to  August  1814,  during  which  time 
Burckhardt  was  under  the  necessity  of  remaining  at 
Esne,  where  he  still  kept  his  usual  disguise  of  a 
poor  Mohammedan  trader,  taking  care  to  be  as  little 
known  or  noticed  as  possible. 

At  length  (March  2)  the  caravan  set  out,  cross- 
ing the  Nubian  desert  in  twenty-three  days'  slow 
travelling,  nearly  in  the  same  route  by  which  Bruce 
returned  from  Abyssinia,  fifty  years  before.  At 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  85 

Berber  they  regained  the  Nile,  along  which  they 
advanced  to  Shendey,  one  of  the  principal  markets 
for  the  slave  traders  from  Egypt,  Darfour,  Kordofan, 
and  Sennaar.  "  It  would  have  been  easy  for  me," 
says  Burckhardt,  "  to  have  proceeded  to  Sennaar, 
nine  days  distant  from  Shendey,  and  from  thence 
into  Abyssinia,  following  Brace's  track ;  but  I 
wished  to  visit  unknown  districts,  and  I  was  con- 
vinced, from  what  I  had  already  experienced,  that 
a  tour  through  those  countries  would  be  attended 
with  expenses  which  I  was  little  able  to  bear."  As 
lie  travelled  in  the  guise  of  a  poor  merchant,  with- 
out a  servant,  and  with  only  a  single  ass  to  carry 
his  provisions  and  a  few  articles  of  traffic,  he  was 
occasionally  exposed  to  some  rude  treatment  on  the 
part  of  his  companions ;  but  he  enjoyed  excellent 
health,  his  severest  sufferings  arising  from  want  of 
water.  In  approaching  the  Nile,  near  Berber,  they 
were  quite  sensible  of  it  at  two  hours'  distance,  by 
the  greater  moisture  in  the  air.  "  God  be  praised," 
exclaimed  the  Arabs,"  we  smell  the  Nile  again !" 
The  Nubian  desert  he  represents  as  in  general  of  a 
much  less  dreary  appearance  than  the  great  Syrian 
desert,  and  still  less  so  than  those  of  Suez  and  Tyh. 
Ostriches  were  numerous  in  some  of  the  plains ;  and 
\ery  large  lizards  were  observed,  at  least  a  foot  in 
length  from  head  to  tail. 

The  dreaded  Simoom,  or  poisonous  wind,  he 
thinks,  has  been  much  exaggerated  by  travellers, 
and  alleges  that  the  stories  of  whole  caravans  perister- 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

iug  in  those  tornadoes,  are  tales  invented  by  the 
Bedouins  to  frighten  the  townspeople.  "  In  the 
Simoom  at  Esne,"  he  remarks,"  the  thermometer 
mounted  to  121°  in  the  shade ;  but  the  air  seldom 
remains  longer  than  a  quarter  of  an  hour  in  that 
state,  or  longer  than  the  whirlwind  passes.  The 
most  disagreeable  effect  on  man  is,  that  it  stops 
perspiration,  dries  up  the  palate,  and  produces  great 
restlessness." 

He  notices  another  phenomenon  of  the  desert, 
which  they  encountered  on  the  fourteenth  day  of 
their  journey.  "  During  the  whole  march  we  were 
surrounded  on  all  sides  by  lakes  of  mirage  (mist), 
called  by  the  natives  soraL  Its  colour  was  of  the 
purest  azure,  and  so  clear,  that  the  shadows  of  the 
mountains  which  bounded  the  horizon  were  re- 
flected in  it  with  the  greatest  precision,  and  the 
delusion  of  its  being  a  sheet  of  water  was  thus  ren- 
dered still  more  perfect.  I  had  often  seen  the 
mirage  in  Syria  and  Egypt,  but  always  found  it  of 
a  whitish  colour,  rather  resembling  a  moving  mist, 
seldom  lying  steady  on  the  plain,  but  in  continual 
\ibration ;  but  here  it  was  very  different,  and  had 
the  most  perfect  resemblance  to  water.  The  great 
dryness  of  the  air  and  soil  in  this  desert,  may  be  the 
cause  of  the  difference.  The  appearance  of  water 
approached  also  much  nearer  than  in  Syria  and 
Egypt,  being  not  more  than  two  hundred  paces 
from  us ;  whereas  I  had  never  seen  it  before  at  a 
distance  of  less  than  half  a  mile.  There  were  at 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  87 

one  time  about  a  dozen  of  these  false  lakes  round 
us,  each  separate  from  the  other,  and  for  the  most 
part  in  the  low  grounds." 

The  people  of  Berber  are  a  handsome  race,  hav- 
ing nothing  of  the  Negro  features  about  them  ;  but 
their  manners  are  extremely  licentious.  They  all 
drink  to  excess  of  louza,  an  intoxicating  liquor, 
which  they  call  om  bullul,  or  the  mother  of  the 
nightingale,  because  it  makes  the  drunkard  sing. 
At  these  scenes  of  debauchery,  quarrels  frequently 
occur,  and  generally  end  in  wounds  or  slaughter. 
"  Nobody,"  says  Burckhardt,  "  goes  to  a  Bouza 
without  taking  his  sword  (or  a  knife)  with  him, 
and  the  girls  are  often  the  first  sufferers  in  the 
fray."  This  description  of  character  is  applicable 
in  every  respect  to  the  inhabitants  of  Shendey,  who 
are  equally  dissipated.  Their  occupation  is  chiefly 
commerce ;  and  they  carry  on  a  flourishing  trade 
with  Egypt,  Sennaar,  and  Arabia;  their  principal 
commodities  being  spiceries,  drugs,  articles  of  hard- 
ware, and  slaves. 

Their  cattle  is  of  a  fine  breed,  but  they  are  much 
exposed  to  the  ravages  of  wild  animals.  The  tiger 
and  the  giraffe  are  often  met  with;  the  latter  is 
hunted  by  the  Arabs,  and  is  chiefly  prized  for  its 
skin,  of  which  the  strongest  bucklers  are  made. 
There  is  a  species  of  wild  goat  which  are  caught  in 
nooses,  in  the  same  manner  as  they  catch  ostriches. 
The  hippopotami  occasionally  make  their  appear- 
ance ;  they  seldom  rise  above  water  in  the  day-time, 
but  come  on  shore  at  night,  destroying  as  much 


88  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKIIARDT. 

by  the  treading  of  their  enormous  feet  as  by  their 
voracity.  The  most  esteemed  whips,  called  rorbadj, 
are  made  of  their  skin,  which  are  in  general  use  in 
Egypt,  the  dread  of  every  slave  and  peasant. 

Crocodiles  are  very  numerous ;  and  at  Sennaar 
their  flesh  is  brought  to  the  market  and  publicly 
sold.  "  I  once,"  says  Burckhardt,  "  tasted  some  of 
the  meat  at  Esne ;  it  is  of  a  dirty  white  colour,  not 
unlike  young  veal,  with  a  slight  fishy  smell.  It 
had  been  taken  alive  by  some  fishermen  in  a  strong 
net,  and  was  about  twelve  feet  in  length.  The 
governor  ordered  it  to  be  brought  into  his  court- 
yard, where  more  than  a  hundred  balls  were  fired 
against  it  without  effect,  till  it  was  thrown  upon  its 
back  and  the  contents  of  a  small  swivel  discharged 
at  its  belly,  the  skin  of  which  is  softer."  The  rhi- 
noceros inhabits  the  neighbourhood  of  Sennaar,  but 
never  visits  the  countries  of  the  Nile  to  the  north  of 
that  place.  The  natives  call  it  om  kom^  or  the 
mother  of  one  horn;  so  that  it  is  evidently  from 
this  animal  that  the  imaginary  unicorn  has  had  its 
origin. 

After  remaining  a  month  (April  17 — May  17)  at 
Shendey,  where  he  disposed  of  his  whole  adventure 
of  small  wares  and  purchased  a  slave, — a  boy  of 
fourteen, — he  set  out  with  one  of  the  Souakin  cara- 
vans, in  the  direction  of  the  Red  Sea,  passing  the 
river  Atbora  (Astaboras)  and  the  country  of  Toka, 
remarkable  for  its  fertility ;  the  whole  soil,  like  that 
of  Egypt,  being  periodically  inundated  by  the  tor- 
rents rushing  down  from  the  Abyssinian  mountains. 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKIIARDT.  89 

It  was  his  original  intention  to  have  proceeded 
down  to  Massuah,  which  harhour  he  would  thus 
have  reached  by  a  northern  road,  different  from 
that  travelled  by  Bruce.  But  he  found,  notwith- 
standing the  information  received  at  Shendey,  that 
there  was  no  commercial  intercourse  between  the 
two  places.  If  he  had  travelled  at  all,  it  must  have 
been  in  the  character  of  a  dervish  or  beggar ;  but 
the  want  of  hospitality  among  the  Arabs  who  in- 
habit those  parts,  rendered  even  that  attempt  im- 
practicable. He  was  therefore  obliged  to  abandon 
this  project,  and  proceed  to  Souakin,  higher  up  the 
coast,  by  one  of  the  routes  much  frequented  by  the 
African  pilgrim  caravans  on  their  way  to  Mecca. 
In  thirteen  days  he  arrived  at  that  port  (July  20), 
from  which  he  crossed  the  Arabian  Gulf  to  Jiddah. 
At  Souakin,  he  was  suspected  of  being  a  spy  or 
refugee  of  the  Mamelouks,  with  whom  Ali,  Pasha 
of  Egypt,  was  then  at  war ;  and  this  mistake  had 
nearly  involved  him  in  some  danger.  The  Turkish 
Emir,  who  governed  in  the  Pasha's  name,  insisted 
upon  taking  his  camel  from  him ;  and  when  he  ap- 
pealed for  justice  to  the  Aga,  the  latter  threatened 
!  to  imprison  him  and  confiscate  his  whole  baggage. 
I  Fortunately  he  had  provided  himself  with  two  fir- 
I  mans,  one  from  Ali  himself,  and  another  from  his 
son  Ibrahim ;  and  on  producing  these,  which  he 
had  hitherto  concealed,  the  insolence  and  manners 
of  the  rapacious  functionaries  were  suddenly  changed 
into  the  most  profound  respect ;  and  it  appeared 
not  a  little  suprising  to  the  citizens  to  see  a  person 


90  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

in  the  dress  of  a  beggar,  treated  as  if  he  had  been 
superior  to  their  own  rulers. 

Had  circumstances  permitted,  Burckhardt  in- 
tended to  proceed,  not  to  Jiddah,  but  to  Mocha, 
and  thence  to  Sanaa,  the  capital  of  Yemen,  where 
he  expected  to  join  the  pilgrim  caravan  from  the 
south,  in  their  annual  route  to  Mecca.  It  had  for 
some  time  been  a  favourite  project  of  his  to  visit  the 
interior  of  the  Yemen  mountains,  where  the  origin 
of  most  of  the  Bedouin  tribes  in  Arabia  is  to  be 
found,  and  where  their  ancient  manners  are  said  to 
subsist  in  all  their  primitive  simplicity.  The  per- 
formance of  this  journey  would  have  been  of  con- 
siderable advantage  to  Arabian  geography,  and  it 
might  perhaps  have  led  to  interesting  facts  respect- 
ing Arabian  history ;  but  as  the  Wahabi  war  was 
then  raging  on  the  northern  confines  of  that  pro- 
vince, he  was  compelled  to  abandon  the  idea. 

One  of  his  chief  motives  for  travelling  in  Arabia 
was,  that  he  might  visit  the  Hejaz  or  Holy  Land  oi 
the  Moslems,  and  perform  the  Mohammedan  pilgri- 
mage at  Mecca ;  for  it  was  his  firm  conviction,  that 
the  title  of  Hajji  or  pilgrim  (held  in  great  venera- 
tion by  all  the  followers  of  the  Prophet),  which  this 
ceremony  would  give  him  the  right  to  assume, 
would  prove  of  the  greatest  use  to  him  in  his  travels 
in  the  interior  of  Africa,  besides  being  of  some  ad- 
vantage to  the  cause  of  science. 

It  was  fortunate,  so  far  as  his  personal  safety  and 
the  facilities  of  travelling  were  concerned,  that  at  the 
time  of  his  arrival  all  the  principal  towns  in  the 


MEMOIR  OF  BTJRCKHARDT.  91 

Hejaz  had  been  retaken  from  the  Wahabis  (who 
had  conquered  that  province  almost  ten  years  be- 
fore), and  were  then  in  possession  of  AH  Pasha.  At 
the  commencement  of  the  war,  the  Pasha  had 
sustained  various  repulses;  but  circumstances  had 
turned  out  in  his  favour.  Many  of  the  Wahabi 
chiefs  had  been  corrupted  by  the  gold  of  Egypt ; 
Ibn  Saoud,  the  ablest  arid  bravest  of  their  leaders, 
had  died  of  fever  in  April  1814 ;  and  his  son  Ab- 
dallah  was  much  inferior,  either  as  a  statesman  or  a 
warrior,  to  his  father.  Having  subdued  the  pro- 
vinces on  the  Red  Sea,  Ali  was  at  this  time  prepar- 
ing an  expedition  under  his  younger  son  Toussoun 
Pasha,  at  Medina,  for  penetrating  into  the  interior, 
and  attacking  the  sectarian  insurgents  in  their  own 
capital  of  Deraiah. 

So  far,  events  tended  to  facilitate  Burckhardt's 
Arabian  tour.  The  only  obstacle  he  had  to  en- 
counter was  some  difficulty  in  obtaining  a  supply 
of  money,  the  letter  of  credit  which  he  had  brought 
from  Cairo  to  a  person  in  Jiddah  not  having  been 
honoured,  under  pretext  that  it  was  dated  eighteen 
months  back  ;  but  the  true  cause  perhaps  was  the 
raggedness  of  his  own  appearance  (his  clothes  by  that 
time  were  worn  to  tatters},  which  might  have  ren- 
dered any  stranger  cautious  in  committing  himself 
by  advancing  money  on  such  suspicious  correspond- 
ence. To  increase  his  misfortunes,  he  was  seized 
with  fever,  which  kept  him  delirious  for  several 
days,  and  might  have  terminated  fatally,  but  for  the 
attentions  of  a  Greek  captain,  who  had  been  a 


92  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

fellow- passenger  with  him  from  Souakin.  His  ne- 
cessities even  compelled  him  to  part  with  his  only 
slave,  whom  he  had  purchased  at  Shendey  for  six- 
teen dollars,  and  now  sold  for  forty- eight. 

In  these  circumstances,  he  had  no  resource  but  to 
apply  to  Ali  Pasha,  who  was  then  at  Tayf,  a  town 
eastward  of  Mecca,  distant  five  days'  journey.  The 
Pasha  knew  him  well  in  Egypt,  and  had  always 
professed  to  be  his  friend.  Meantime,  however,  his 
situation  became  known  to  Yahya  Effendi,  the  phy- 
sician of  Toussoun  Pasha  at  Jiddah,  whom  he  had 
also  met  at  Cairo,  and  with  him  he  negociated  his 
bill  to  the  amount  of  3,000  piastres  (about  £100), 
which  was  sufficient  for  his  wants  until  he  received 
fresh  supplies  from  Egypt.  Nor  was  this  the  whole 
extent  of  his  good  luck,  for  the  Pasha  returned  a 
favourable  answer  to  his  letter,  and  despatched  a 
messenger  with  two  dromedaries,  with  an  order  to 
furnish  him  a  new  suit  of  clothes,  and  a  purse  of 
500  piastres  as  travelling-money  ;  requesting,  at  the 
same  time,  that  he  would  immediately  accompany 
the  messenger  to  Tayf.  The  invitation  of  a  Turkish 
Pasha  is  equivalent  to  a  command ;  and  therefore 
he  had  no  alternative  but  to  comply,  although  it 
interfered  with  the  more  material  objects  of  his 
journey. 

The  month  which  he  spent  at  Jiddah  enabled 
him  to  furnish  a  very  minute  description  of  the 
town  and  its  inhabitants,  who  are  almost  exclusively 
foreigners.  Their  chief  occupation  is  commerce,  as 
this  place  is  not  only  the  port  of  Mecca,  and  conse- 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  93 

quently  much  frequented  by  pilgrims,  but  also  that 
of  Egypt,  India,  and  Arabia,  through  which  all  the 
exports  from  those  countries  pass  that  are  destined 
for  the  Egyptian  markets.  They  pursue  no  manu- 
factures or  trade  but  those  of  immediate  necessity. 
By  land  they  carry  on  no  traffic  except  with  Mecca 
and  Medina.  With  the  former  city,  the  intercourse 
is  kept  up  regularly  by  caravans  which  depart  every 
evening  after  sunset.  The  loaded  camels  take  two 
nights  to  perform  the  journey  (about  55  miles) ; 
but  the  ass-caravans,  lightly  laden,  by  which  letters 
are  conveyed,  go  through  in  one  night,  and  arrive 
at  Mecca  in  the  morning. 

The  visit  to  the  Pasha,  Burckhardt  expected  would 
have  afforded  him  a  good  opportunity  for  seeing  the 
Arabian  capital,  the  Holy  City  of  Islam,  which 
none  but  a  true  Mussulman,  since  the  days  of 
Mohammed,  had  ever  been  permitted  to  enter ;  but 
the  messenger  had  orders  to  take  him  by  the  upper 
route,  which  merely  touches  the  suburbs,  while  the 
other,  and  more  usual  road,  passes  through  the 
middle  of  the  town.  The  surrounding  country  is 
covered  with  sand,  and  almost  wholly  destitute  of 
vegetation ;  the  hills',  equally  barren,  rising  on  both 
sides,  and  resembling  cocks  of  hay. 

Near  Tayf  the  country  improves ;  and  though  the 
town  itself  is  concealed  with  a  sandy  plain,  there 
are  many  beautiful  gardens  at  the  foot  of  the  neigh- 
bouring mountains,  abounding  in  roses,  and  cele- 
brated over  all  Arabia.  The  fruits,  consisting  of 
grapes,  figs,  quinces,,  pomegranates,  &c.,  are  deli- 


94  MEMOIR  OF  BTJRCKHARDT. 

cious.  Here  the  natives  have  small  pavilions,  where 
they  pass  their  festive  hours;  and  here  the  rich 
merchants  of  Mecca,  with  the  Sheriff  himself,  often 
retire  during  the  hot  season. 

When  Burckhardt  arrived  (August  28th),  he 
alighted  at  the  house  of  Bosari,  the  Pasha's  physi- 
cian, with  whom  he  had  heen  well  acquainted  at 
Cairo.  As  it  was  then  the  fast  of  Ramadan,  during 
which  the  Turkish  grandees  always  sleep  in  the 
day-time,  he  could  not  be  introduced  to  the  Pasha 
till  sunset.  Ali  received  him  very  politely,  inquired 
after  his  health,  and  if  he  brought  any  news  of  the 
Mamelouks  from  the  Black  countries,  conversed 
with  him  on  every  subject  but  that  which  most  in- 
terested him,  viz.  money. 

On  European  politics  he  was  particularly  anxi- 
ous to  obtain  information.  He  had  just  heard  of 
the  entrance  of  the  Allies  into  Paris,  and  the  de- 
parture of  Bonaparte  for  Elba.  "  Bonaparte,  he 
remarked,  behaved  like  a  coward ;  he  ought  to  have 
sought  for  death,  rather  than  expose  himself  in  a 
cage  to  the  laughter  of  the  universe."  The  name  of 
Wellington  was  familiar  to  him.  "  He  was  a  great 
general  (he  said),  but  he  doubted  whether,  if  his 
Grace  had  commanded  such  bad  soldiers  as  the 
Turkish  troops  are,  he  would  have  been  able  to  do 
with  them  as  much  as  he  (the  Pasha)  had  done  in 
conquering  Egypt  and  the  Hejaz."  Of  the  English 
Parliament  he  had  some  notions ;  but  he  entertained 
erroneous  views  as  to  the  foreign  policy  of  Great 
Britain ;  ^  he  supposed  that  after  the  downfal  of 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  95 

Bonaparte,  the  British  army  which  had  been  em- 
ployed in  Spain  and  the  south  of  France,  would  in- 
vade his  dominions :  "  for  (^aid  he)  the  great  fish 
swallow  the  small,  and  Egypt  is  necessary  to  Eng- 
land m  supplying  corn  to  Malta  and  Gibraltar." 
Had  it  not  been  for  this  persuasion,  he  would  have 
"been  well  pleased  that  the  Czar  should  seize  Turkey 
and  drive  the  Sultan  from  the  throne. 

Whether  Ali  believed  Burckhardt  to  be  sincere  in 
his  profession  of  the  Mahommedan  faith,  is  doubt- 
ful. When  he  first  heard  of  his  purpose  to  visit 
the  Holy  Cities,  he  observed  jocosely,  "  It  is  not 
the  beard  alone  which  proves  a  man  to  be  a  true 
Moslem ;"  and  then  turning  to  the  Cadi  of  Mecca, 
who  had  been  to  Tayf  for  his  health,  and  was  sitting 
beside  him,  "  but  you  are  a  better  judge  in  such 
matters  than  I  am  l"  Our  traveller,  however,  had 
no  objection  that  his  qualifications  should  be  put 
to  the  test;  and  accordingly,  when  the  two  most 
learned  professors  of  the  law,  then  in  Arabia,  were 
directed  to  examine  him  upon  his  knowledge  of  the 
Koran,  and  of  the  practical  as  well  as  doctrinal 
precepts  of  their  creed,  the  result  was  a  complete 
conviction  in  the  minds  of  his  hearers,  as  at  his  last 
two  examinations,  of  his  being  not  only  a  true  but 
a  very  learned  Mussulman.  After  one  of  these  exa- 
minations, Burckhardt  remarks  with  some  naivete, 
"  I  supped  with  the  Cadi,  and  then  performed  the 
evening  prayers  in  his  company,  when  I  took  great 
care  to  chaunt  as  long  a  chapter  of  the  Koran  as  my 
memory  furnished  at  the  moment." 


96  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

He  had  several  interviews  with  Ali,  who  sup- 
posed him  to  be  a  spy  or  a  man  of  rank,  and  knew 
him  to  be  an  Englishman,  although  he  had  assumed 
the  name  of  Sheikh  Ibrahim.  He  offered  no  objec- 
tions to  his  performing  the  pilgrimage  ;  but  declined 
giving  him  a  firman  authorising  him  to  travel 
through  the  Hejaz,  alleging  that  he  did  not  wish  to 
interfere  personally  with  his  afiairs,  and  that  his 
perfect  knowledge  of  Arabic  rendered  a  passport 
unnecessary. 

From  Tayf,  Burckhardt  returned  to  Mecca,  172 
miles,  where  he  passed  the  months  of  September, 
October,  and  November ;  during  which  he  had 
ample  opportunity  to  observe  the  appearance  of 
that  renowned  city,  its  buildings,  shops,  trade,  and 
manufactures ;  to  study  the  manners,  character,  and 
customs  of  the  inhabitants ;  their  forms  of  govern- 
ment and  worship,  more  especially  the  grand  so- 
lemnity of  the  pilgrimage ;  having  been  the  first 
Christian  that  ever  ventured  to  mingle  in  the  sacred 
ceremonies  of  the  Kaaba.  For  the  description  of 
these  particulars,  the  reader  must  consult  the  volume 
of  travels  on  this  subject,  which  was  published  in 
1829,  under  the  authority  of  the  African  Associa- 
tion. All  that  can  with  propriety  be  done  here, 
is  merely  to  give  such  an  outline  as  will  maintain 
a  sufficient  connexion  and  uniformity  in  the  nar- 
rative. 

Mecca,  dignified  by  the  Arabs  with  many  high- 
sounding  titles — the  Mother  of  Towns — the  Noble 
—the  Region  of  the  Faithful,  &c. — lies  in  a  narrow 


MEMOIR  OP  BTJRCKHARDT.  QJ 

winding  valley,  from  100  to  700  yards  in  breadth, 
the  main  direction  of  which  is  from  north  to  south. 
The  mountains  enclosing  this  valley,  and  overhang- 
ing the  town,  are  from  200  to  500  feet  in  height, 
rugged  and  completely  barren.  The  houses  are  lofty 
and  built  of  stone  of  a  dark  gray  colour,  with  nu- 
merous windows  facing  the  streets,  which  give  them 
a  lively  and  European  aspect.  The  only  public  edi- 
fice worthy  of  notice  is  the  great  mosque  or  temple, 
which  the  Moslems  call  Beitullah,  the  House  of 
God.  It  stands  near  the  middle  of  the  city,  and  is 
of  a  quadrilateral  form,  like  what  the  Royal  Ex- 
change in  London  was ;  but  said  to  be  ten  times 
larger.  It  is  entered  by  nineteen  gates,  most  of 
which  have  high  pointed  arches  ;  those  that  front 
the  great  inner  court  are  all  crowned  with  small 
conical  domes,  plastered  and  whitened  on  the  out- 
side ;  beyond  these  is  a  second  row  of  low  spherical 
cupolas,  amounting  in  all  to  152;  and  above  these 
rise  seven  minarets  or  steeples,  from  the  summits  of 
which  a  beautiful  view  is  obtained  of  the  busy 
crowds  below. 

Nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  court  stands  the 
Kaaba,  the  ark  or  tabernacle  of  the  Mohammedans, 
the  black  stone  in  the  corner  of  which  is  devoutly 
kissed  by  every  pilgrim.  The  millions  of  salutes  it 
has  received  from  the  lips  of  the  Faithful  have  worn 
the  surface  round,  and  to  a  considerable  depth.  The 
Kaaba  is  an  oblong  massive  building,  the  erection 
of  which  is  ascribed  by  the  Arabs  to  Abraham  and 
Isaac;  it  is  covered  with  a  black  silk  stuff  called 
G 


98  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

tob,  or  shirt,  which  is  renewed  every  year  at  the 
time  of  the  pilgrimage.  Near  it  is  the  Bir  Zem- 
zem^  or  famous  Zerazem  well,  said  to  be  the  same 
which  the  angel  pointed  out  to  Hagar  and  Ishmael 
in  the  wilderness,  of  which  all  the  Mussulman 
hajjis  drink  copiously,  in  the  belief  that  it  purifies 
them  of  their  sins.  Linens  dipped  in  this  well  they 
reckon  to  have  a  peculiar  virtue,  and  such  are  con- 
stantly seen  hanging  to  dry  between  the  pillars  of 
the  temple.  Many  purchase  their  shrouds  at  Mecca, 
persuaded  tkat  if  their  corpse  be  buried  in  cloth 
wetted  with  the  holy  water,  the  peace  of  the  soui 
after  death  will  be  more  effectually  secured. 

The  service  of  the  temple  employs  a  vast  number 
of  the  inhabitants,  including  khatabs,  imams,  muftis, 
muezzins,  ulemas,  eunuchs,  lamplighters,  guides, 
turnkeys,  scavengers,  with  a  host  of  other  menials, 
all  of  whom  receive  regular  pay  from  the  mosque, 
besides  their  share  of  presents  made  to  it  by  the 
pilgrims.  The  Meccawees  are  proud  of  being  na- 
tives of  the  Holy  City ;  in  this  respect  they  con- 
sider themselves  under  the  special  care  of  Providence, 
and  favoured  beyond  all  other  nations.  In  former 
times  the  town  is  said  to  have  contained  more  than 
100,000  souls;  Burckhardt  reckoned  them  under 
30,000,  besides  from  2000  to  4000  Abyssinians 
and  black  slaves.  From  the  barrenness  of  the  sur- 
rounding territory,  it  depends  almost  entirely  on 
the  lucrative  traffic  with  the  haj-caravans,  the  an- 
nual arrival  of  which  converts  its  dusty  streets  into 
he  largest  and  richest  marts  in  the  East. 


MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHARDT.  99 

The  law  of  the  Koran,  it  is  well  kfcjwn,  com- 
mands every  Mussulman,  who  has  the  means,  to 
perform  a  pilgrimage  to  Mecca,  at  least  once  in  his 
life.  The  month  set  apart  for  this  ceremony  is 
called  Dulhajja,  which,  as  the  Arahs  use  the  lunar 
calculation,  may  happen  at  any  period  of  the  year, 
and  gradually  shifts  its  position  through  the  whole 
circle  of  the  seasons.  In  1814,  it  happened  in  No- 
vember. The  crowds  that  assemble  on  that  occasion 
from  all  parts  of  the  Mohammedan  world  are  im- 
mense ;  in  former  times  they  amounted  to  several 
hundred  thousands ;  but  owing  to  the  interruptions 

I  of  the  Wahabis,  they  had  considerably  fallen  off 
when  Burckhardt  travelled  in  Arabia.  He  reckoned 

i  them  at  more  than  80,000,  and  the  number  of 
camels  from  20,000  to  25,000.  In  general  the 
regular  caravans  have  fixed  periods  for  their  arrival. 

I  Those  from  Northern  Syria  bring  the  pilgrims  of 

j  the  West  as  far  as  Barbary  and  Morocco ;  from  the 
South  they  come  through  Nubia  and  Abyssinia; 
the  Indians  take  the  route  through  Yemen  or  arrive 
by  sea  at  Jiddah ;  the  Persians  assemble  at  Bagdad 
and  traverse  the  desert  of  Nejed ;  the  Turks,  Tar- 
fcars,  and  Syrians  start  from  Damascus,  journeying 
along  the  coast  of  the  Red  Sea.  Most  of  these  de- 
votees are  merchants,  and  bring  with  them,  for 
traffic,  the  different  wares  and  precious  commodities 
of  their  respective  countries. 

The  awful  sanctity  of  Mecca  requires  that  every 
traveller,  whether  on  a  religious  visit  or  not,  shall 
strip  off  his  garments  before  approaching  it  in  any 


100  MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHARDT. 

direction,  within  several  miles,  and  assume  the 
Jbram*  or  pilgrim's  cloak,  which  consists  of  two 
pieces  of  linen,  woollen,  or  cotton  cloth,  one  of 
which  is  wrapped  round  the  loins,  and  the  other 
thrown  over  the  neck  and  shoulders,  leaving  the 
head  and  part  of  the  right  arm  uncovered.  On 
entering  the  city,  the  hajji  has  a  variety  of  duties 
and  rites  to  perform,  such  as  visiting  the  mosque, 
saying  a  number  of  prayers,  kissing  the  black  stone, 
walking  seven  times  round  the  Kaaba,  drinking  of 
Zemzem  water,  running  between  Safa  and  Meroua, 
shaving  the  head,  chanting  the  talli  or  pious  ejacu- 
lations, &c. 

When  all  these  solemnities  have  been  gone 
through,  the  pilgrims  repair  in  a  body  to  Mounf 
Arafat,  a  granite  rock  about  two  hundred  feet  high, 
and  six  hours'  walk  eastward  from  the  city.  This 
is  the  grand  day  of  the  pilgrimage;  and  as  the 
whole  surrounding  plain  is  covered  with  tents, 
bazaars,  camels,  splendid  equipages,  and  busy  mul- 
titudes of  all  descriptions,  the  sight  from  the  hill  is 
peculiarly  inspiring.  Here  a  sermon  is  preached, 
which  must  finish  before  sunset ;  and  then  the 
dense  crowds  hurry  off,  frequently  pressing  each 
other  to  death,  in  order  to  throw  stones  at  the  devil 
in  Wadi  Muna,  in  memorial  of  his  having  mali- 
ciously whispered  into  Ishmaers  ear  that  he  was  to 
be  slain.  This  narrow  valley  is  three  miles  on  their 
way  back  to  Mecca,  and  abounds  with  sacred  relics ; 
for  here  tradition  alleges  Adam  was  buried,  and 
here  Abraham  intended  to  sacrifice  his  son, — in 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  101 

evidence  of  which  a  granite  block  is  still  shown, 
cleft  in  twain  by  the  stroke  of  his  knife. 

After  the  "  stoning,"  which  is  repeated  three 
days,  comes  the  grand  sacrifice  of  animals,  and  in 
a  quarter  of  an  hour,  thousands  of  sheep  and  goats 
are  slaughtered ;  the  law  requiring  that  their  throats 
be  cut  in  the  name  of  the  most  merciful  God,  with 
their  faces  towards  the  Kaaba.  The  number  of 
these  victims  is  sometimes  very  great.  One  of  the 
caliphs  is  said  to  have  offered  50,000  sheep,  beside 
40,000  camels  and  cows;  and  an  old  traveller 
(Barthema)  speaks  of  30,000  oxen  being  slain  and 
their  carcasses  given  to  the  poor,  "  who  seemed 
more  anxious  to  have  their  bellies  filled  than  their 
sins  remitted."  On  the  completion  of  the  sacrifice, 
the  pilgrims  throw  off  the  ihram,  and  generally  put 
on  their  best  attire,  to  celebrate  the  beiram,  or  day 
of  the  feast. 

The  long  valley  of  Mecca  is  then  converted  into 
a  fair ;  sheds,  booths,  and  tents  being  fitted  up  as 
shops  for  provisions  and  merchandise  of  all  kinds. 
Men  of  every  variety  and  colour,  coming  from  the 
extremities  of  the  earth,  mingle  here  in  the  inter- 
course of  business.  The  Moor  and  the  Indian  ex- 
change commodities;  the  Syrian  bargains  for  the 
shawls  of  Cashmere  and  the  silks  of  Persia;  the 
Anatolian  gives  his  rich  carpets  for  the  red  bonnets 
or  woollen  cloaks  of  Barbary  and  Morocco;  the 
stranger  from  Borneo,  or  Timbuctoo,  exhibits  his 
wares  to  the  natives  of  Georgia  and  Samarcand  ; 
the  Turk  finds  a  purchaser  for  his  trinkets  in  the 


102  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

half-naked  Ethiopian  or  the  negro  of  Guinea ;  while 
the  poor  hajjis  cry  their  small  stock,  which  they 
carry  on  their  heads,  and  dispose  of  for  a  few  dol- 
lars to  carry  them  home.  The  mixture  of  nations 
and  tongues,  of  costumes  and  commodities,  is  more 
striking  here  than  at  Mecca.  At  night  the  valley 
blazes  with  illuminations,  fireworks,  discharges  of 
artillery,  and  honfires  on  the  hills.  The  second  day 
of  the  feast  ends  the  pilgrimage  to  Arafat,  when  the 
devotees  return  to  the  city,  testifying  their  delight 
by  songs,  loud  talking,  and  laughter.  A  repetition 
of  the  same  ceremonies  already  mentioned  takes 
place ;  and  before  bidding  adieu  to  the  capital  of 
Islam,  they  must  visit  the  holy  places  in  the  town 
and  suburbs,  among  which  are  the  birth-places  of 
Mohammed  and  several  of  his  kindred,  the  tomb  of 
his  favourite  wife,  the  spots  where  his  chief  miracles 
were  performed,  and  where  he  had  some  of  his 
interviews  with  the  angel  Gabriel. 

In  all  these  religious  exhibitions,  Burckhardt  was 
either  an  actor  or  an  eye-witness.  His  knowledge 
of  the  Arabic  language,  and  of  Mohammedan  man- 
ners, enabled  him  to  personate  the  Mussulman  with 
such  success,  that  he  mixed  freely  with  the  hajjis, 
and  passed  through  the  various  ceremonies  of  the 
occasion  without  the  smallest  suspicion  having  arisen 
as  to  his  real  character.  On  the  18th  of  January, 
1815,  he  set  out  with  a  small  caravan  of  pilgrims 
who  were  going  to  visit  the  tomb  of  the  Prophet  at 
Medina,  a  journey  of  ten  or  eleven  days  (about  270 
miles),  mostly  through  sandy  deserts,  interspersed 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  103 

with  irregular  ridges  of  mountains  and  cultivated 
valleys.  His  project  was  to  remain  about  three 
weeks  at  that  city,  and  then  to  return  overland  to 
Egypt,  in  the  hope  of  being  able  to  visit  on  his  road 
some  ruins,  where  he  expected  to  find  specimens  of 
the  most  ancient  Arabian  monuments.  In  this, 
however,  he  was  disappointed ;  for  within  a  week 
after  his  arrival,  he  was  attacked  with  a  fever  of 
the  nature  of  a  tertian  ague,  which  kept  him  con- 
fined to  his  carpet  until  April.  As  the  ceremonies 
required  of  the  hajjis  are  here  much  easier  and 
shorter  than  at  Mecca,  he  had  performed  them  im- 
mediately on  reaching  the  place ;  it  being  the  law 
here,  as  at  Mecca,  that  all  travellers  and  pilgrims 
must  visit  the  mosque  and  the  holy  tomb  of  Mo- 
hammed before  he  undertakes  the  most  trifling 
business. 

Medina  is  a  well  built  town,  completely  sur- 
rounded by  a  wall,  and  supposed  to  contain  be- 
tween 16,000  and  20,000  inhabitants.  Its  chief 
support  is  drawn  from  the  temple,  which  resembles 
that  at  Mecca,  and  contains  the  ashes  of  the  Pro- 
phet. This  famous  sepulchre  is  encircled  with  a 
high  iron  railing,  arched  overhead,  and  supported 
by  columns.  Near  it  are  the  tombs  of  the  first  two 
caliphs,  Abu  Beker"  and  Omar,  of  Fatima,  the 
daughter  of  Mohammed,  and  several  other  saints  of 
the  Arabian  calendar.  All  of  these  of  course  are 
visited  by  the  pilgrims,  from  each  of  whom  certain 
gifts  and  fees  are  exacted.  An  additional  sum  is 
paid  by  those  who  enter  within  the  railing  of  the 


104  MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHARDT. 

Prophet's  tomb,  as  the  Moslem  divines  affirm  that  a 
prayer  said  there  is  as  efficacious  as  a  thousand  said 
in  any  other  place,  except  Mecca. 

From  the  state  of  weakness  to  which  Burckhardt 
was  reduced,  he  found  himself  obliged  to  give  up 
all  idea  of  travelling  by  land ;  and  therefore,  as 
soon  as  he  could  support  the  motion  of  a  camel,  he 
left  Medina  and  proceeded  to  Yembo,  on  the  coast 
of  the  Red  Sea ;  where  he  arrived  on  the  27th  of 
April.  Here,  as  well  as  at  Jiddah,  the  plague,  an 
evil  hitherto  unknown  in  Arabia,  had  lately  made 
its  appearance;  and  its  ravages  soon  became  so 
great,  that  these  towns  were  almost  entirely  de- 
serted by  their  inhabitants.  After  a  stay  of  two 
weeks,  he  embarked  on  board  a  sambouJc,  or  large 
boat,  and  in  twenty  days  landed  at  the  promontory 
of  Ras- Mohammed,  in  the  peninsula  of  Mount 
Sinai.  From  thence  he  reached  Tor,  where  he  had 
a  severe  relapse  of  fever,  and  where  every  thing  was 
in  a  bustle  of  excitement,  as  the  lady  of  AH  Pasha 
had  arrived  there  from  Yembo  only  a  few  days 
before.  A  fortnight's  rest  was  necessary  for  him 
to  recover  strength  sufficient  to  prosecute  his  jour- 
ney ;  after  which  he  continued  his  route  by  Suez, 
and  reached  Cairo  on  the  19th  of  June,  having 
been  absent  nearly  two  years  and  a  half. 

During  the  subsequent  nine  months,  his  attention 
was  principally  devoted  to  the  recruiting  of  his  im- 
paired constitution,  and  to  the  preparation  of  his 
Nubian  and  Arabian  travels  for  the  Association. 
In  February,  181J,  he  transmitted  to  London  the 


MEMOIR  OF  DUitCKHARDT.  105 

journal  of  his  tour  from  Upper  Egypt  and  Jiddah ; 
and  in  October  of  the  same  year  he  sent  the  Com- 
mittee a  variety  of  papers,  forming  part  of  the 
information  he  had  obtained  during  his  journey 
through  Arabia.  They  comprised,  1  st,  Some  further 
fragments  on  the  Bedouins,  in  continuation  of  the 
remarks  he  had  made  on  former  occasions ;  2d,  A 
short  history  of  the  "Wahabis,  principally  of  Mo- 
hammed Ali's  late  campaign  in  the  Hejaz ;  3d,  A 
few  notes  to  his  former  journals. 

The  pains  he  took  to  study  the  character  and 
habits  of  the  Bedouins,  showed  how  deep  an  interest 
he  felt  in  that  singular  people.  "  I  believe  (says 
he)  that  very  little  of  their  real  state  is  known  in 
Europe,  either  because  travellers  have  not  suffi- 
ciently distinguished  them  from  Arabs  in  general, 
or  because  they  have  attempted  to  describe  them 
without  having  had  the  advantage  of  seeing  them 
at  leisure  in  their  own  tents  in  the  interior  of  the 
desert.  Their  nation  is  the  original  stock  from 
which  Syria,  Egypt,  and  Barbary  derive  their  pre- 
sent population;  and  for  this  reason  alone  they 
deserve  to  be  inquired  into.  But  they  acquire  a 
still  greater  interest  when  we  consider,  that  amidst 
the  utter  depravity  of  manners  and  morals,  and  the 
decline  of  laws  and  civil  institutions  throughout  the 
Mahommedan  world,  the  Bedouins  are  the  only 
Eastern  nation  who  have  preserved  their  ancient 
customs,  and  who  still  continue  to  be  what  they 
were  1200  years  ago,  when  their  emigrating  tribes 
conquered  part  of  Asia,  Africa,  and  Europe." 


106  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

Early  in  1817,  he  sent  home  the  journals  of  his 
travels  in  the  Hojaz,  together  with  some  notices  on 
the  interior  of  Africa,  a  translation  from  Macrizi's 
History  of  Egypt,  containing  some  documents  on 
the  geography  and  inhabitants  of  Nubia  and  the 
Nile  countries.  In  many  of  the  regions  which  he 
visited,  he  had  been  anticipated  by  other  travellers, 
with  some  of  whom  he  formed  a  personal  acquaint- 
ance. He  found  Salt  and  Belzoni  labouring  among 
the  antiquities  of  Egypt ;  of  the  efforts  of  the  latter 
in  clearing  away  the  rubbish  from  the  pyramids, 
temples,  sphinxes,  obelisks,  &c.,  he  has  given  some 
interesting  details  in  his  letters  to  the  Association. 
Dr.  Seetzen,  a  German,  had  preceded  him  only  a 
few  years  in  his  route  through  Syria,  Arabia  Petraea, 
Mount  Sinai,  and  the  Hejaz,  to  Mecca ;  but  he  was 
poisoned  near  Mocha,  in  September  1811,  as  has 
been  already  stated,  and  no  part  of  his  travels  was 
ever  published,  except  short  fragments  of  his  tour 
along  the  Jordan,  by  the  Dead  Sea,  to  Jerusalem.' 

As  Burckhardt's  recovery  was  not  so  expeditious 
as  his  medical  attendant  had  led  him  to  expect,  he 
determined  to  try  the  air  of  Alexandria,  where  he 
hoped  the  sea-breezes,  and  the  society  of  Colonel; 
Missett,  would  effectually  re-establish  his  health. 
The  change  was  of  so  much  benefit  (aided  by  the 
advice  of  Dr.  Morgan,  physician  to  Lady  Hester' 
Stanhope),  that  in  a  few  weeks  he  was  so  far  con- 
valescent as  to  enable  him  to  return  to  Cairo,  with 
the  view  of  making  preparation  for  the  exploration 
of  Africa.  Several  months,  however,  elapsed,  with 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  307 

out  bringing  the  Moggrebeyn  or  Western  caravan, 
although  the  usual  period  of  its  yearly  arrival  had 
then  passed  by.  This  disappointment  was  not  a 
little  tantalizing ;  and  as  the  capital  of  Egypt  was 
then  in  a  very  disturbed  state,  owing  to  the  attempts 
of  the  Pasha  to  drill  his  troops  according  to  the 
European  tactics ;  and  was,  moreover,  assailed  with 
another  visitation  of  the  plague,  which  had  raged 
there  for  three  successive  years,  Burckhardt  con- 
sidered it  prudent  to  quit  the  infected  banks  of  the 
Nile  for  a  time,  and  seek  for  refuge  among  the 
Bedouins  of  Mount  Sinai.  This  tour,  besides  avoid- 
ing the  pestilence,  he  expected  would  give  him  an 
opportunity  of  pushing  on  as  far  as  Akaba,  and 
tracing  the  direction  of  the  eastern  branch  of  the 
Red  Sea,  which  he  believed  had  never  been  seen  by 
European  travellers. 

On  the  20th  of  April  he  left  Cairo,  in  company 
with  some  Bedouins,  who  were  returning  to  their 
mountains  with  corn  which  they  had  purchased  in 
Egypt.  In  crossing  the  desert  to  Suez  (between 
seventy  and  eighty  miles),  they  found  the  road  in 
many  places  covered  with  flints,  petrosilex,  pebbles, 
petrified  wood,  and  large  trunks  of  trees  half-buried 
in  the  sand.  From  these  appearances,  Burckhardt 
conjectured,  that  before  Pharaoh  Necho  dug  the 
canal  between  the  Nile  and  the  Red  Sea,  the  com- 
munication between  Arsinoe,  or  Clysma  (near  Suez), 
and  Memphis,  may  have  been  carried  on  this  way ; 
and  that  stations  may  have  been  established  on  the 
spots  covered  with  these  petrifactions. 


108  MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHARDT. 

Suez  is  an  unhealthy  town,  surrounded  by  bar- 
ren wastes ;  the  air  is  bad,  occasioned  by  the  saline 
nature  of  the  earth,  and  the  extensive  low  grounds 
on  the  north  and  north-east  sides,  which  are  filled 
with  stagnant  water  by  the  tides.  It  carries  on  a 
small  trade  with  Egypt  and  Arabia,  and  might  rise 
to  some  importance,  were  it  to  become  an  entrepot 
in  the  regular  steam  communication  between  Great 
Britain  and  India. 

From  this  town,  Burckhardt  continued  his  route 
along  the  inner  coast  of  the  Gulf,  in  the  same  direc- 
tion which  the  Israelites  travelled  after  their  mira- 
culous passage  through  the  Red  Sea.  Several  places 
are  identified  with  the  events  recorded  in  the  Exo- 
dus. The  Ayoun  Mousa,  or  wells  of  Moses,  still 
afford  a  copious  supply  of  sweet  water  to  the  Arabs. 
A  little  farther  on  is  the  well  of  Howara,  the  Marah 
of  Scripture,  whose  bitter  waters  were  sweetened  by 
Moses,  and  which  the  Israelites  reached  at  the  end 
of  three  days'  march  in  the  desert.  The  neighbour- 
ing valley  of  Wadi  Gharendel,  which  contains  date- 
trees,  tamarisks,  acacias  of  different  species,  and  the 
thorny  shrub,  called  Gharkad,  was  probably  Elim 
with  its  u  twelve  springs  and  seventy  palm-trees/ 
The  Hamman  Faraoun,  or  baths  of  Pharaoh,  record 
the  fate  of  that  adventurous  monarch ;  and  the 
superstitious  Arabs  call  the  Gulf  the  Bahr  el  Kol- 
zoum,  or  Sea  of  Destruction,  in  whose  roaring  waters 
they  still  pretend  to  hear  the  cries  and  wailings  of 
the  drowned  Egyptians.  The  exact  spot  where  this 
event  happened,  as  well  as  the  precise  time  of  march 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  109 

and  different  encampments  of  the  chosen  race,  have 
become  too  obscure,  through  time  and  change,  to 
be  traced  with  accuracy.  That  it  must  have  been 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Suez  is  obvious,  as  the 
breadth  of  the  Gulf  lower  down  is  too  great  (ten 
or  twelve  leagues)  to  have  been  traversed  by  the 
Hebrew  fugitives  in  a  single  night,  with  so  many 
encumbrances  as  they  carried  with  them. 

This  is  the  opinion  of  Burckhardt,  and  of  nu- 
merous other  oriental  travellers.  Referring  to  the 
distance,  and  comparing  natural  facts  with  the 
statements  of  the  Bible,  he  comes  to  the  following 
conclusion : — u  In  moving  with  a  whole  nation,  the 
march  (about  forty  miles)  may  well  be  supposed  to 
have  occupied  three  days ;  and  the  bitter  well  at 
Marah  corresponds  exactly  with  that  of  Howara. 
This  is  the  usual  route  to  Mount  Sinai,  and  was 
probably  therefore  that  which  the  Israelites  took 
on  their  escape  from  Egypt ;  provided  it  be  admit- 
ted that  they  crossed  the  Red  Sea  near  Suez,  as 
Niebuhr  (the  Danish  traveller)  with  good  reason 
conjectures.  There  is  no  other  road  of  three  days' 
march  on  the  way  from  Suez  towards  Sinai ;  nor  is 
there  any  other  well  absolutely  bitter,  on  the  whole 
of  this  coast,  as  far  as  Ras  Mohammed.  The  com- 
plaints of  the  bitterness  of  the  water  by  the  children 
of  Israel,  who  had  been  accustomed  to  the  sweet 
water  of  the  Nile,  are  such  as  may  be  daily  heard 
from  the  Egyptian  servants  and  peasants  who  travel 
in  Arabia." 

With  respect  to  the  means  employed  by  Moses 


110  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

to  sweeten  the  waters,  Burckhardt  frequently  in- 
quired among  the  Bedouins  whether  they  possessed 
any  means  of  effecting  such  a  change,  by  throwing 
wood  into  if,  or  by  any  other  process  ;  but  he  could 
never  learn  that  such  an  art  was  known.  He  sug- 
gests, however,  that  the  effect  might  have  been 
produced  by  the  rod  being  of  the  Gharkad,  which 
grows  in  this  neighbourhood,  in  the  same  manner  as 
is  done  by  the  juice  of  pomegranate  grains.  This 
supposition  is  not  inconsistent  with  the  miracle  as 
related  by  Moses  (Exod.  xv.  25),  "  and  the  Lord 
showed  him  a  tree,  which  when  he  had  cast  into 
the  waters,  the  waters  were  made  sweet."  The 
Gharkad  berry  is  juicy  and  refreshing,  resembling 
a  ripe  gooseberry  in  taste;  and  when  the  crop  is 
abundant,  the  Arabs  make  them  into  a  conserve. 

On  the  1st  of  May  they  approached  the  central 
elevation  of  Mount  Sinai,  which  had  been  visible 
for  several  days.  This  group  forms  an  irregular 
circle  of  thirty  or  forty  miles  in  diameter ;  and  it  is 
difficult  to  imagine  a  scene  more  wild  and  desolate. 
"  Abrupt  cliffs  of  granite  (says  Burckhardt),  from 
six  to  eight  hundred  feet  in  height,  whose  surface 
is  blackened  by  the  sun,  surround  the  avenues  lead- 
ing to  the  elevated  platform  to  which  the  name  of 
Sinai  is  specifically  applied.  These  cliffs  enclose 
the  holy  mountain  on  three  sides,  leaving  the  east- 
ward only  more  open  to  the  view.  The  narrow 
defile,  by  which  the  ascent  is  gained,  is  bounded 
on  either  hand  with  perpendicular  rocks,  and  strewn 
with  sand  an**  pebbles,  brought  down  by  the  tor- 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARBT.  Ill 

rents  which  rush  from  the  upper  region  in  the 
winter-time.  The  sacred  mountain  consists  of  two 
elevations,  called  by  the  Arabs  Gebel  Mousa  and 
'  Gebel  Katerin  (the  Mounts  of  Moses  and  St.  Ca- 
therine), which  have  generally  been  identified  with 
Sinai  and  Horeb.  Both  terminate  in  a  sharp  peak, 
the  planes  of  which  do  not  exceed  fifty  or  sixty 
paces  in  circumference.  The  latter  is  the  higher  of 
the  two,  and  its  summit  commands  a  very  extensive 
prospect  of  the  adjacent  country. 

The  whole  of  the  surrounding  wilderness  is  a 
collection  of  naked  rocks  and  craggy  precipices, 
interspersed  with  valleys  and  ravines,  often  desti- 
tute of  verdure,  yet  occasionally  adorned  with  trees 
and  gardens  fragrant  with  the  richest  perfumes.* 
On  either  hand  may  be  seen  the  two  arms  of  the 
Red  Sea,  a  part  of  Egypt,  and  northward  to  within 
a  few  days'  journey  of  Jerusalem.  There  is  some 
doubt  as  to  whether  the  Mount  of  Moses  or  of 
St.  Catherine  is  the  identical  Sinai ;  and  this  con- 
fusion has  arisen  from  the  indiscriminate  application 
of  the  names  to  both.  Other  two  lofty  mountains, 
more  to  the  westward,  called  Serbal  and  Shomar, 
have  also  been  considered  as  having  rival  preten- 
sions to  the  distinction  of  having  witnessed  the 
promulgation  of  the  decalogue ;  but  these  claims 

*  Burckhardt  says,  speaking  of  the  gardens  in  some  of  these 
ravines,  "  The  verdure  was  so  brilliant,  and  the  blossoms  of  the 
orange-trees  diffused  so  fine  a  perfume,  that  I  was  transported 
in  imagination  from  the  barren  cliffs  of  the  wilderness  to  the 
luxurious  groves  of  Antioch." 


112  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

do  not  seem  to  be  well  founded ;  and  after  all  the 
theories  and  conjectures  of  travellers  on  the  subject, 
the  probabilities  are  stronger  in  favour  of  Gebel 
Katerin  and  Gebel  Mousa  than  of  any  other. 

Some  sceptics  have  objected,  that  if  this  were 
really  the  mountain  where  Moses  received  the 
Tables  of  the  Law,  it  would  be  found  to  exhibit 
traces  of  the  awful  phenomena  which  attended  the 
manifestation  of  the  Divine  presence,  in  the  visible 
symbols  of  fire  and  earthquake  and  volcanic  erup- 
tion. Burckhardt,  however,  could  not  detect  the 
slightest  vestige  of  these  supernatural  appearances ; 
though  there  are  islands  in  the  Red  Sea,  and  places 
on  the  coast  of  the  Gulf  of  Akaba,  which  retain 
marks  of  volcanic  action.  But  objections  such  as 
these  are  entitled  to  little  weight;  for  we  do  not 
read  of  any  actual  discharge  from  the  mountain. 
It  is  described,  indeed,  as  having  "  quaked  greatly," 
and  "  burned  with  fire,"  and  emitted  smoke  like  a 
furnace ;  but  these  appearances  were  not  the  effect 
of  any  natural  convulsion ;  they  were  rather  the 
sublime  accompaniments  which  the  Deity  chose  to 
make  the  evidence  and  the  harbingers  of  his  pre- 
sence,— the  cloudy  pavilion  within  which  he  received 
the  leader  and  lawgiver  of  his  chosen  people. 

The  inhabitants  pretend  to  identify  with  these 
mountains  and  deserts  many  of  the  scenes  and 
events  related  in  Scripture  history.  The  convent 
which  bears  the  name  of  its  vice-patroness,  St.  Ca- 
therine, stands  in  a  narrow  valley  at  the  foot  of  the 
mount,  and  is  alleged  to  have  been  built  by  the 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  113 

Empress  Helena,  mother  of  Constantine  the  Great, 
on  the  spot  where  the  Lord  appeared  to  Moses  in 
the  burning  bush.  It  is  still  occupied  by  a  few 
monks,  most  of  whom  are  natives  of  the  Greek 
islands.  On  the  highest  pinnacle  of  Gebel  Mousa 
are  the  remains  of  a  church,  under  the  pavement  of 
which  the  Arabs  believe  that  the  original  tables  of 
the  ten  commandments  are  buried ;  and  they  have 
made  excavations  on  every  side,  in  the  hope  of 
discovering  them.  Here  also  is  the  Convent  of 
St.  Elias,  erected  on  the  spot  where  Elijah  was  fed 
by  the  ravens.  At  no  great  distance,  a  block  of 
granite  is  shown  (apparently  detached  from  Mount 
Sinai)  as  being  the  Rock  of  Meribah,  out  of  which 
water  issued  when  struck  by  the  rod  of  Moses. 
The  head  of  the  golden  calf  (now  changed  into 
stone),  which  the  Israelites  worshipped;  the  place 
where  the  brazen  serpent  was  elevated;  the  burial- 
place  of  Moses  and  Aaron ;  the  pulpit  and  petrified 
pot  or  kettle  of  Moses;  and  a  rock  resembling  a 
chair,  on  which  he  sat  and  beheld  the  fight  between 
Joshua  and  the  Amalekites ;  are  among  the  sacred 
spots  pointed  out  to  the  credulity  of  travellers  and 
pilgrims. 

It  is  obvious  that  little  dependence  can  be  placed 
on  local  tradition.  Burckhardt  expresses  his  dis- 
appointment at  being  able  to  trace  so  very  few  of 
the  ancient  Hebrew  names  of  the  Old  Testament 
in  the  modern  geography  of  the  peninsula.  With 
the  exception  of  Sinai  and  a  few  others,  the  ap- 
pellations are  all  of  Arabic  derivation;  and  the 


114  MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHARDT. 

incongruous  union  of  Moses  and  St.  Catherine  is 
a  proof  how  little  reliance  is  to  be  placed  upon 
them. 

After  visiting  the  sacred  mountains,  with  their 
different  objects  of  curiosity  and  veneration,  Burck- 
hardt  had  intended  to  proceed  to  Akaba;  but  in 
this  he  was  disappointed,  as  the  Pasha  of  Egypt 
had  refused  to  grant  him  a  firman,  alleging,  as  on 
a  former  occasion,  that  he  was  sufficiently  well 
acquainted  with  the  language  and  manners  of  the 
Arabs  to  require  any  other  recommendation.  The 
danger  of  proceeding  without  this  passport  obliged 
him  to  retrace  his  steps,  after  he  had  penetrated  to 
Sherm  on  the  inner  coast  of  the  Gulf,  nearly  as  far 
down  as  Ras  Mohammed.  From  this  point  he 
travelled  along  the  shore  until  within  a  short  dis- 
tance of  its  northern  extremity,  which  he  learned 
had  only  a  single  termination,  instead  of  being 
forked,  or  divided  into  two  branches  as  is  usually 
laid  down  in  our  maps. 

This  excursion  was  not  without  other  advantages 
to  geography  and  natural  science.  It  was  near 
Sherm  that  he  met,  for  the  first  and  only  time  in 
the  peninsula,  with  volcanic  rocks.  Serpents,  too, , 
he  was  told,  are  very  common  in  these  parts,  and 
traces  of  them  were  seen  crossing  each  other  in 
various  directions.  The  fishermen  are  so  afraid  of 
them,  that  they  extinguish  their  fires  before  going 
to  sleep,  because  the  light  is  known  to  attract  them. 
The  Israelites  passed  near  Akaba,  when  they  jour- 
neyed from  Mount  Hor,  by  way  of  the  Red  Sea,  to 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  115 

compass  the  land  of  Edom,*  where  the  prevalence 
of  these  reptiles  at  the  present  day  is  a  remarkable 
illustration  of  the  fact  mentioned  by  Moses  (Num- 
bers xxi.  4,  6),  that  "  the  Lord  sent  fiery  serpents 
among  the  people."  t  Scorpions,  too,  are  numerous ; 
and  another  venomous  reptile,  like  a  huge  spider,  to 
which  the  Bedouins  give  the  name  of  Abou  Ha- 
nakein,  or  the  two-mouthed.  Burckhardt  describes 
it  as  about  four  inches  and  a  half  in  length,  with 
five  long  legs  on  both  sides,  covered  like  the  body 
with  setae  of  a  light  yellow  colour.  The  head  is 
long  and  pointed,  with  large  black  eyes ;  the  mouth 
is  armed  with  two  pair  of  fangs,  one  above  the 
other,  recurved,  and  extremely  sharp.  It  is  said  to 
be  attracted  by  fire;  and  the  bite,  if  not  always 
mortal,  produces  swelling,  vomiting,  and  the  most 
excruciating  pains. 

On  the  same  coast,  and  in  the  lower  valleys,  a 
kind  of  large  lizard  is  found,  called  Dhob,  which 
has  a  scaly  skin  of  a  yellow  colour,  of  which  the 
natives  make  tobacco-pouches.  The  largest  are  about 
eighteen  inches  in  length ;  they  live  in  holes  in  the 
sand,  and  run  fast,  but  are  easily  caught  by  dogs. 
Hares,  gazelles,  wolves,  and  leopards  are  found,  but 

*  The  steep  side  of  the  western  mountain,  from  the  plain  of 
Akaba,  corresponds  very  accurately  with  the  "  ascent"  of  Akrab- 
bim,"  mentioned  in  Numbers  xxxiv.  4. 

^  The  translation  of  fiery  or  flying  serpents  is  somewhat 
inaccurate.  The  meaning  of  the  Hebrew  is,  "  serpents  whose 
bite  causes  death  by  inflammation."  Burckhardt  observes, 
that  the  Arabic  version  of  the  Pentateuch  is  more  correct  than 
ours,  by  rendering  it  "  serpents  of  burning  bites." 


116  MEMOIR  OF  BTJRCKHARDT. 

not  very  common.  The  Arabs  spoke  of  a  voracious 
animal  called  Slyb,  supposed  by  them  to  be  a  breed 
between  the  leopard  and  the  wolf;  and  of  another 
beast  of  prey,  called  Wober,  said  to  be  of  the  size  of 
%  large  dog,  with  a  pointed  head  like  a  hog,  and 
Inhabiting  only  the  most  retired  parts  of  the  penin- 
sula. The  wild  goats  are  abundant,  and  require  as 
much  enterprise  and  patience  in  the  hunter  to 
catch  them  as  the  chamois  of  the  Alps. 

In  some  of  the  valleys,  fennel  grows  three  or  four 
feet  high;  the  Bedouins  eat  the  stalks  raw,  and 
pretend  that  it  cools  the  blood.  The  tamarisk,  or 
tarfa,  is  met  with ;  and  though  it  is  a  common  tree 
in  the  East,  in  Nubia,  and  in  every  part  of  Arabia, 
Burckhardt  remarks  that  he  never  heard  of  its 
producing  manna,  except  in  Mount  Sinai.  The 
Bedouins  still  call  it  mann,  and  gather  it  in  the 
month  of  June.  It  is  collected  before  sunrise,  when 
it  is  coagulated ;  but  it  dissolves  as  soon  as  the  sun 
shines  upon  it.  When  they  have  cleaned  away  the 
leaves  and  dirt  that  adhere  to  it,  they  boil  it,  and 
strain  it  through  a  coarse  cloth ;  after  which  it  is 
put  into  leathern  skins,  and  preserved  for  use  during 
the  year.  The  apple,  pear,  and  apricot  trees  grow 
only  in  the  elevated  regions  of  the  Upper  Sinai; 
while  the  valleys  produce  cucumbers,  gourds,  me- 
lons, onions,  tobacco,  hemp  for  smoking,  &c. 

Among  other  antiquities  in  the  peninsula,  of 
which  Burckhardt  gives  some  account,  are  the  nu- 
merous inscriptions  with  which  the  rocks  in  several 
places  are  almost  entirely  covered  The  most  cele- 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  117 

brated  of  these  is  the  Gebel  Mokkateb,  or  written 
mountains,  not  far  from  Sinai,  which  were  disco- 
vered about  the  beginning  of  the  last  century,  and 
excited  a  considerable  sensation  in  Europe.  Ex- 
pectations were  entertained  that  these  unknown 
inscriptions  might  furnish  some  testimony  concern- 
ing the  passage  of  the  Israelites  through  the  desert, 
or  their  residence  in  that  country.  But  on  a 
nearer  inspection,  these  sanguine  hopes  vanished ; 
the  carvings,  with  which  the  whole  sandstone  cliffs 
are  thickly  covered,  to  the  height  of  twelve  or 
fifteen  feet,  and  several  miles  in  length,  were  found 
to  contain  little  else  than  the  names  of  travellers 
and  pilgrims,  with  rude  figures  of  goats  and  camels, 
ill-engraven  in  Greek,  Jewish,  and  Arabic  cha- 
racters. 

Burckhardt  is  of  this  opinion,  although  he  is  not 
certain  that  the  uncouth  drawings  of  the  animals 
may  not  have  been  the  work  of  the  Israelites.  "  It 
appears  (says  he)  that  each  pilgrim,  in  passing, 
wrote  his  name ;  and  the  inscribed  rocks  are  con- 
stantly found,  on  the  sides  of  the  different  great 
roads  leading  from  Suez  to  Gebel  Sinai,  usually  near 
the  resting-places,  which  were  chosen  where  some 
impending  cliff  afforded  shelter  from  the  sun,  and 
where  the  same  convenience  still  induces  travellers 
to  halt.  In  the  lower  part  of  the  mountain,  the 
inscriptions  are  cut  in  sandstone;  in  the  higher, 
upon  granite.  The  characters  have  no  depth ;  but 
upon  granite,  even  this  would  be  a  labour  exceed- 
ing the  strength  and  leisure  of  ordinary  pilgrims, 


118  MEMOIR  OF  BtJRCKHARDT. 

The  want  of  water  precludes  the  idea  of  an  army 
having  passed  that  way,  the  soldiers  of  which  might 
have  wished  to  perpetuate  their  names.  Perhaps 
some  of  the  drawings  of  animals,  particularly  those 
of  camels  and  mountain-goats  (beden\  may  have 
been  done  by  the  Israelite  shepherds.  I  saw  similar 
drawings,  without  inscriptions,  upon  rocks  not  far 
from  Akaba.  Upon  the  whole,  these  inscriptions 
appear  to  me  to  have  a  strong  resemblance  to  some 
I  have  seen  in  Nubia,  written  in  the  ancient  Egyp- 
tian current  character ;  some  letters,  at  least,  appear 
to  be  common  to  both.  My  opinion  is,  that  they 
were  the  work  of  Egyptian  Christians,  or  perhaps 
Jews,  during  the  first  centuries  of  our  era."  Besides 
those  of  Wadi  Mokkateb,  he  met  with  innumerable 
and  well-written  inscriptions  on  the  declivity  and 
on  the  summit  of  Mount  Serbal,  which  he  supposes 
to  have  been  in  former  times  the  principal  place  of 
devotion  and  pilgrimage,  as  artificial  steps  lead  to 
the  top,  which  terminates  in  a  platform  of  about 
130  feet  in  circumference. 

The  excursion  to  Mount  Sinai  was  the  last  jour- 
ney which  Burckhardt  accomplished.  From  the 
time  of  his  return  to  Cairo,  in  June  1816,  till  his 
death,  in  October  1817,  be  continued  to  reside  in 
the  Egyptian  capital,  occupied  in  preparing  various 
papers  for  the  Association;  and  in  other  employ- 
ments connected  with  Arabic  literature  and  his  tra- 
velling pursuits.  In  May  1817  he  sent  to  London 
the  journal  of  his  last  tour,  apologising  for  the  bulk 
to  which  it  had  extended  by  the  importance  of  the 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  119 

region  which  it  described,  and  the  greater  facilities 
for  writing  which  he  enjoyed.  "  This  small  country 
(says  he),  so  important  to  the  history  of  mankind, 
has  never  before  been  described  in  detail.  The 
commentary  on  the  route  of  the  Israelites,  which  I 
have  annexed  to  it,  I  submit  with  much  diffidence 
to  the  perusal  of  the  Committee,  as  I  cannot  but 
feel  apprehensive,  that  what  strikes  me  to  be  correct, 
may  not  appear  equally  so  to  persons  who  have  not 
visited  the  desert,  and  have  not  travelled  with  the 
Bedouins.  Should  my  opinions  meet  with  appro- 
bation, I  shall  be  particularly  gratified  in  having 
been  able  to  elucidate  some  obscure  points  of  early 
history,  and  to  vindicate  the  authenticity  of  the 
sacred  historian  of  the  Beni  Israel,  who  will  never 
be  thoroughly  understood,  as  long  as  we  are  not 
minutely  informed  of  every  thing  relative  to  the 
Arabian  Bedouins,  and  the  country  in  which  they 
move  and  pasture." 

With  regard  to  his  opportunities  for  writing,  his 
explanation  of  that  circumstance  illustrates  the 
general  mode  in  which  he  usually  took  notes  during 
all  his  travels.  Even  when  accompanying  numerous 
caravans,  he  had  never  permitted  any  of  his  com- 
panions to  see  him  write,  knowing  that  if  their 
suspicions  were  once  raised,  it  would  render  them 
less  open  in  their  communications  with  him.  The 
only  instances  in  which  he  had  departed  from  this 
rule  was  in  Syria  and  Egypt,  and  in  his  first  visit 
to  Nubia.  From  the  Arabs  he  was  particularly 
careful  to  conceal  his  pursuits,  as  they  uniformly 


J20  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

believe  every  stranger  who  uses  writing  implements 
to  be  a  necromancer,  who  will  steal  their  hidden 
treasures  or  inflict  evils  on  their  country. 

Such  being  the  case,  Burckhardt  had  to  resort  to 
many  little  ingenious  stratagems,  not  to  lose  entirely 
the  advantage  of  taking  his  memoranda  on  the  spot. 
He  had  accustomed  himself  to  write  when  mounted 
on  his  camel,  and  proceeding  at  an  easy  walk. 
Throwing  the  wide  Arab  mantle  over  his  head,  as 
if  to  protect  himself  from  the  sun,  as  the  Bedouins 
do,  he  could  take  notes  under  it  unobserved,  even 
though  another  person  rode  close  by  him.  His 
journal  books  being  only  about  four  inches  long  and 
three  broad,  were  easily  carried  in  his  waistcoat 
pocket ;  and  when  taken  out,  could  be  concealed  in 
the  palm  of  the  hand.  Sometimes  he  dismounted 
and  walked  a  little  in  front,  or  turned  aside,  and 
feigned  to  couch  down  in  the  Arab  fashion,  hidden 
under  his  cloak ;  again,  at  halting-places,  he  would 
stretch  himself  on  the  ground  as  if  to  sleep,  throw- 
ing his  mantle  over  him ;  and  by  these  artifices  he 
succeeded  in  keeping  pretty  full  accounts  of  what 
he  saw  or  heard,  without  exciting  observation  or 
suspicion. 

Only  once,  near  Sinai,  he  was  discovered  by 
his  guide.  Having  had  no  opportunity  of  taking 
notes  for  two  days,  he  turned  aside  for  a  short 
time;  but  remained  so  long,  that  Ayd's  curiosity 
was  roused,  and  approaching  on  tiptoe,  he  came 
close  behind  him  without  being  perceived,  and  sud- 
denly lifting  up  the  cloak,  he  detected  his  friend 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  12] 

with  a  book  in  his  hand.  "  What  is  this  ?"  he  ex- 
claimed ;  "  What  are  you  doing  T  "  You  write 
down  our  country,"  he  continued,  in  a  passionate 
tone,  "  our  mountains,  our  pasturing  places,  and 
the  rain  which  falls  from  heaven ;  other  people 
have  done  this  before  you,  but  I,  at  least,  will  never 
become  instrumental  to  the  ruin  of  my  country." 
Burckhardt  assured  him  that  he  had  no  bad  inten- 
tions towards  the  Bedouins,  for  whom  he  enter- 
tained the  greatest  esteem ;  and  then  appealing  to 
his  superstitious  credulity,  he  informed  him  that  he 
was  only  using  secret  charms  for  the  preservation 
Df  their  lives ;  "  For  (said  he),  had  I  not  occasion- 
ally written  down  some  prayers  ever  since  we  left 
Toba  (where  they  were  in  danger  of  being  attacked), 
we  should  most  certainly  have  been  killed ;  and  it 
is  very  wrong  in  you  to  accuse  me  of  that  which,  if 
I  had  omitted,  would  have  cost  us  our  lives."  At 
this  reply  Ayd  was  startled,  and  seemed  nearly  satis- 
fied. "  Perhaps  you  say  the  truth  (he  observed), 
but  we  all  know  that  some  years  since,  several 
men,  God  knows  who  they  were  (alluding  to  Sect' 
zen  and  M.  Agnotti),  came  to  this  country,  visited 
the  mountains,  wrote  down  every  thing, — stones, 
plants,  animals,  even  serpents  and  spiders;  and 
since  then,  little  rain  has  fallen,  and  the  game  has 
greatly  decreased."  These  opinions  prevail,  not  only 
in  the  peninsula  of  Sinai,  but  among  the  Bedouins 
of  Nubia.  They  believe  that  a  sorcerer,  by  writing 
down  certain  charms,  can  stop  the  rains,  and  trans- 
fer them  to  his  own  country ;  and  even  conjure  out 


122  MEMOIR  OP  BTJRCKHARDT. 

gold  from  the  ruins  of  temples,  by  secretly  marking 
tbe  stones  under  which  it  is  hid. 

The  letters  which  Burckhardt  wrote  to  London, 
during  his  stay  in  Cairo,  contain  many  valuable 
observations  on  the  events  which  occurred  about 
that  time  in  Egypt  and  Arabia ;  such  as  the  pro- 
secution and  termination  of  the  Wahabi  war  by  the 
destruction  of  Deraiah,  their  capital;  the  govern- 
ment and  manners  of  the  Egyptians ;  the  researches 
of  Belzoni,  Bankes,  and  Salt  among  the  ruins  on  the 
Nile ;  the  geography  and  statistics  of  the  surround- 
ing regions ;  and,  generally,  upon  those  topics  which 
were  his  principal  objects  of  inquiry,  as  agent  of 
the  African  Association.  One  cause  of  regret  only 
existed,  his  detention  in  Egypt  by  the  non-arrival 
of  the  Fezzan  caravan,  which  he  ascribed  to  the 
increased  demand  for  black  slaves  on  the  coast  of 
Barbary,  to  replace  the  white  slaves  so  gloriously 
delivered  by  the  English  fleet  and  the  redaction  of 
Algiers. 

In  the  pilgrimage  to  Mecca  of  the  year  1817> 
among  the  hajjis  that  visited  the  temple  from  every 
part  of  the  Mohammedan  world,  was  a  party  of 
Moggrebeyns,  or  "Western  Africans,  who  were  ex- 
pected to  return  home,  as  usual,  by  way  of  Cairo 
and  Fezzan.  It  was  believed  the  caravan  would 
take  its  departure  from  Egypt  in  the  month  of  De- 
cember; and  as  Burckhardt  had  now  transmitted 
the  last  of  his  journals  to  England,  it  was  with  the 
utmost  satisfaction  that  he  contemplated  the  pro- 
spect, which  at  length  so  opportunely  offered,  of 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  123 

putting  the  great  purpose  of  his  mission  into  exe- 
cution. Feeling  strongly  armed  in  his  long  previous 
course  of  study  and  experience,  he  entertained  hopes, 
not  more  sanguine  than  reasonable,  of  being  able  to 
penetrate  in  safety  from  Fezzan  to  the  countries  of 
the  Niger;  and  of  at  last  receiving  the  reward  of 
his  perseverance  in  the  acquirement,  for  the  public, 
of  some  authentic  information  upon  the  unknown 
regions  of  Africa. 

But  Providence  had  otherwise  ordained.  On  the 
4th  of  October,  he  found  the  symptoms  of  dysen- 
tery, which  had  for  several  days  incommoded  him, 
so  much  increased,  that  he  applied  for  relief  to 
Dr.  Richardson,  an  English  physician,  who  fortu- 
nately happened  at  that  time  to  be  at  Cairo,  travel- 
ling in  the  company  of  Lord  Belmore.  The  disease, 
however,  in  spite  of  all  the  remedies  administered, 
continued  its  progress  from  bad  to  worse  with  fatal 
obstinacy,  and  without  any  favourable  remission. 

On  the  morning  of  the  15th  he  proposed,  and  ob- 
tained the  consent  of  his  physician,  that  Mr.  Henry 
Salt,  then  his  Majesty's  Consul-General  in  Egypt, 
should  be  sent  for.  "  I  went  over  immediately 
(says  Mr.  Salt,  in  a  letter  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Association),  and  cannot  describe  how  shocked  I 
was  to  see  the  change  that  had  taken  place  in  so 
short  a  time.  On  the  Tuesday  before,  he  had  been 
walking  in  my  garden  with  every  appearance  of 
health,  and  conversing  with  his  usual  liveliness  and 
vigour.  Now,  he  could  scarcely  articulate  his 
words,  often  made  use  of  one  for  another,  was  of  a 


124  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

ghastly  hue,  and  had  all  the  appearance  of  approach- 
ing death.  Yet  he  perfectly  retained  his  senses,  and 
was  surprisingly  firm  and  collected.  He  desired 
that  I  would  take  pen  and  paper  and  write  down 
what  he  should  dictate." 

After  instructing  Mr.  Salt  to  draw  the  money 
(£250)  due  to  him  by  the  Association,  and  to  dis- 
pose of  it  partly  to  defray  some  necessary  expenses, 
and  partly  in  small  gratuities  to  his  servants,  he 
proceeded,  "  Send  one  thousand  piastres  to  the  poor 
at  Zurich.  Let  my  whole  library,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  my  European  books,  go  to  the  University  of 
Cambridge,  to  the  care  of  Dr.  Clarke  the  librarian, 
comprising  also  the  MSS.  in  the  hands  of  Sir  Joseph 
Banks.  My  European  books  (they  were  only  eight 
in  number)  I  leave  to  you  (Mr.  Salt) ;  of  my  papers 
make  such  a  selection  as  you  think  fit,  and  send 
them  to  Mr.  Hamilton  (the  Secretary)  for  the  Afri- 
can Association.  There  is  nothing  on  Africa :  I  was 
for  starting  in  two  months'  time  with  the  caravan 
returning  from  Mecca,  and  going  to  Fezzan ;  thence 
to  Timbuctoo;  but  it  is  otherwise  disposed.  For 
my  affairs  in  Europe,  Mr.  Rapp  has  my  will.  * 
Give  my  love  to  my  friends  (enumerating  several 

*  This  refers  to  a  will  made  previous  to  his  departure  from 
England,  according  to  which,  in  case  he  had  advanced  into  the 
interior  of  Africa,  and  was  not  heard  of  by  the  1st  of  January, 
1 820,  he  was  to  be  considered  as  dead.  By  this  will,  he  ap- 
pointed his  mother  residuary  legatee  for  all  sums  that  might 
accrue  to  him  from  his  engagements  with  the  African  Associa- 
tion. 


MEMOIR  OP  BURCKHARDT.  125 

persons  with  whom  he  was  living  in  terms  of  inti- 
macy at  Cairo)  ;  write  to  Mr.  Barker ;" — he  then 
paused  and  seemed  troubled,  and  at  length  with 
great  exertion  said,  "  Let  Mr.  Hamilton  acquaint 
my  mother  with  my  death,  and  say  that  my  last 
thoughts  have  been  with  her.  (This  subject  he  had 
evidently  kept  back,  as  not  trusting  himself  with 
the  mention  of  it  till  the  last.)  The  Turks  (he 
added)  will  take  my  body.  I  know  it ;  perhaps 
you  had  better  let  them." — "  When  I  tell  you 
(continues  Mr.  Salt)  that  he  lived  only  six  hours 
after  this  conversation,  you  will  easily  conceive 
what  an  effort  it  must  have  been.  The  expression 
of  his  countenance,  when  he  noticed  his  intended 
journey,  was  an  evident  struggle  between  disap- 
pointed hopes  and  manly  resignation.  Less  of  the 
weakness  of  human  nature  was  perhaps  never  ex- 
hibited upon  a  death-bed.  Dr.  Richardson  and 
Osman  (an  Englishman  whom  he  had  persuaded 
the  Pasha  to  release  from  slavery),  who  has  for 
some  time  lived  with  him,  were  both  present  at  this 
conversation.  He  ended  by  expressing  a  wish  that 
I  should  retire,  and  shook  my  hand  at  parting,  as 
taking  a  final  leave.  So,  unhappily,  it  proved ;  he 
died  at  a  quarter  before  twelve  the  same  night, 
without  a  groan.  The  funeral,  as  he  desired,  was 
Mohammedan,  conducted  with  all  proper  regard  to 
the  respectable  rank  which  he  had  held  in  the  eyes 
of  the  natives." 

His  dying  requests  were  faithfully  executed.  His 
Arabic  manuscripts  (the  choicest  collection  in  Eu« 


126  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 


rope),  were  despatched  to  Cambridge  by  the  fi 
safe  opportunity.  This  present  was  intended  as  a 
mark  of  his  gratitude  for  the  literary  benefits  and 
the  kind  attention  which  he  had  received  there 
when  preparing  himself  for  his  travels.  A  remem- 
brance of  favours  was  indeed  one  of  the  prominent 
traits  of  his  noble  mind.  His  liberality  and  high 
principle  of  honour,  his  detestation  of  injustice  and 
fraud,  his  disinterestedness  and  keen  sense  of  grati- 
tude, were  no  less  remarkable  than  his  warmth  of 
heart  and  active  benevolence,  which  he  often  exer- 
cised towards  persons  in  distress,  to  the  great  preju- 
dice of  his  limited  means. 

Of  this  disregard  of  pecuniary  matters,  a  single 
example  will  be  sufficient.  His  father  having  be- 
queathed at  his  death  about  £  10,000,  to  be  divided 
into  five  equal  parts,  one  to  his  widow,  and  one  to 
each  of  his  children,  Lewis  immediately  gave  up  his 
portion  to  increase  that  of  his  mother.  "  If  I  perish 
(said  he)  in  my  present  undertaking,  the  money 
will  be  where  it  ought  to  be ;  if  I  return  to  Eng- 
land, my  employers  will  undoubtedly  find  me  some 
means  of  subsistence."  The  strong  feeling  of  affec- 
tion which  he  cherished  towards  his  relations,  and 
the  enthusiasm  with  which  he  devoted  his  life  to 
the  advancement  of  geographical  discovery,  were 
strikingly  manifested  on  his  death-bed,  when  he 
could  not  mention  without  hesitation  his  mother's 
name,  and  the  failure  of  the  great  object  of  his 
mission. 

As  a  traveller,  he  possessed  no  common  talents 


MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT.  127 

and  acquirements.  To  fortitude  and  ardour  of 
mind,  lie  joined  a  temper  and  prudence  well  calcu- 
lated to  ensure  his  triumph  over  every  difficulty. 
Though  the  exploration  of  Africa  has  been  reserved 
for  other  adventurers ;  and  though  the  great  geo- 
graphical problem  of  that  continent  has  been  solved 
since  his  death,  his  memory  will  receive  its  due 
reward  of  fame;  for  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  he 
will  be  held  in  honourable  remembrance  so  long  as 
any  credit  is  given  to  those  who  have  fallen  in  the 
cause  of  science.  The  journeys  he  made,  and  the 
oral  information  he  obtained  relative  to  the  regions 
southward  and  westward  of  Egypt,  were  valuable 
at  the  time,  though  now  superseded  by  later  and 
more  extended  observations.  With  respect  to  Ara- 
bia, his  description  of  that  country,  of  the  manners 
and  customs  of  the  people,  of  the  horse,  the  camel, 
and  various  other  productions,  is  the  most  accurate 
and  complete  that  has  ever  been  received  in  Eu- 
rope. The  discoveries  he  made  in  Syria  and  the 
ancient  Idumaea,  have  thrown  a  valuable  light  on 
the  early  history  and  wanderings  of  the  Israelites, 
as  well  as  greatly  improved  our  knowledge  of  sacred 
geography,  by  ascertaining  many  of  the  Hebrew 
sites  in  the  once  populous  but  now  deserted  region 
formerly  known  by  the  names  of  Edom,  Moab,  Am- 
mon,  and  the  country  of  the  Amorites. 

After  his  death,  his  journals  were  published  by 
the  Association,  though  not  exactly  in  their  chrono- 
logical order.  In  1819,  appeared  his  Travels  in 
Nubia;  in  1822,  his  Tours  in  Syria,  the  Holy 


128  MEMOIR  OF  BURCKHARDT. 

Land,  and  the  Peninsula  of  Mount  Sinai;  in 
his  Travels  in  Arabia;  and  in  1831,  his  Notes  on 
the  Bedouins,  including  materials  for  a  History  of 
the  Wahabis,  giving  an  account  of  the  origin  and 
religious  tenets  of  that  sect,  and  the  expedition  of 
Ali  Pasha  which  ended  in  their  suppression.  The 
three  first  of  these  publications  were  in  quarto,  and 
the  last  in  two  volumes  octavo. 


INTRODUCTION 


FISHES     OF     GUIANA, 

.TLIBSON 

OF    THE  r 

UNIV*ftSfTY 

IN  pursuance  of  TiK6~~pfon'"sftated  at  the  conclu- 
sion of  the  First  Yolume  of  "  THE  FISHES  OF 
GUIANA,"  we  now  resume  the  subject,  in  describ- 
ing the  remaining  part  of  Mr.  Schomburgk's 
Drawings,  and  allotting  to  them,  as  nearly  as  we 
can,  in  the  absence  of  specimens,  their  proper 
station. 

We  shall  conclude  this  Yolume  with  a  sum- 
mary of  the  species  which  have  been  observed  by 
other  Naturalists  in  the  Fresh  Waters  of  South 
America,  so  that  the  Yolumes  may  be  made  as 
useful  as  possible,  in  the  present  state  of  our 
knowledge  of  the  Ichthyology  of  those  immense 
rivers. 


130 


POSTSCEIPT, 


LETTERS  have  been  received  by  the  Geographical 
Society  from  Mr.  Schomburgk,  by  which  it  ap- 
pears that  he  had  explored  the  river  Takutu  to  its 
source,  in  about  1°  45'  N.  Lat.  The  Takutu  is  a 
tributary  of  the  Rio  Branco,  into  which  it  falls  at 
San  Joachim ;  and  its  source  is  so  far  to  the  east- 
ward, that  Mr.  Schomburgk  procured  bearings  of 
his  old  acquaintance,  the  Wauguwai  and  Amucu 
Mountains,  near  the  junction  of  the  Yuawauri  with 
the  Essequibo.  The  highest  mountains  are  gra- 
nitic, with  masses  of  quartz,  but  no  igneous  rocks 
were  seen.  Mr.  Schomburgk  has  made  observa- 
tions on  the  magnetic  intensity  at  Waraputa,  at 
Pirara,  and  near  the  sources  of  the  Takutu,  &c. 
One  of  the  silver  medals  of  the  Sodete  de '  Geo- 
graphie  of  Paris  has  been  awarded  to  Mr.  Schom- 
burgk for  his  researches  in  Guiana. 


131 


DESCRIPTIONS. 

THE  first  fish  which  we  have  to  notice,  and  which 
naturally  follows  those  with  which  we  concluded 
the  previous  Volume,  will  belong  to  the  Esoces  or 
Pikes  ;  these  fish  have  heen  placed  by  some  authors 
before  the  Salmon,  by  others  after  them  and  fol- 
lowing the  true  Herrings ;  in  either  place,  however, 
they  show  some  alliance,  particularly  in  their  ha- 
bits. The  fish  alluded  to  is  referrible  to  the  genus 
JBelone  of  Cuvier,  and  may  now  stand  here  as 


GUIANA  GAR-FISH. 


PLATE  I. 

L.  GERAL,  Pira-poco  (a  general  name  for  a  sliarp  snouted 
fish).    Schomb.  Drawngs,  No.  56. 

THIS  drawing  exhibits  the  same  form  as  that  of 
the  Esox  cancilla  of  Hamilton  Buchanan's  Fishes  of 
the  Ganges,  pi.  xxvii.,  and  apparently  also  of  the 
two  other  fishes  he  describes  under  the  same  genus. 


132  GUIANA  GAR-FISH. 

From  the  European  examples  of  Belone,  these  as 
well  as  the  Guiana  fish  differ  in  the  tail  being 
rounded  or  fan-shaped  instead  of  being  forked ;  the 
anal  fin  is  also  shorter  than  the  dorsal,  which  is 
not  so  in  the  others;  and  in  Swainson's  system 
these  are  made  to  assist  in  generic  value.  The 
European  species  of  Belone  are  sea  fishes,  but  those 
of  India  alluded  to,  inhabit,  according  to  Buchanan 
the  ponds,  ditches,  and  smaller  streams.  That  o: 
Ouiana  "  seldom  exceeds  fifteen  inches  in  length, 
and  was  taken  in  the  river  Padauiri  m  February , 
it  feeds  on  insects,  beetles,. and  wood-ants.  The 
scales^artTTeTy  small  and  deciduous".  The  intestines 
are  straight,  and  the  air-bladder  is  single  and  ex- 
tends to  the  anal  fin."  The  upper  jaw  is  slightly 
shorter  than  the  under,  and  the  edges  of  both  are 
represented  as  thickly  set  with  minute  teeth.  The 
colour  of  the  whole  fish  is  a  uniform  dark  olive, 
paler  on  the  sides,  and  inclining  to  bluish  on  the 
belly.  The  ventral  fins  are  tipped  with  orange-red, 
and  the  anal  has  a  band  of  the  same  colour  along 
its  outer  edge. 


133 


RED-BELLTEP  SCIENJL 

Sciana?  rubella. 

MACUSI,  Cova  ;  WARRAU,  Oborahai ;  CREOLE,  Bashaw ; 
L.  GERAL,  Piscada. 

THIS  fish  undoubtedly  belongs  to  the  Scicenoides  of 
Cuvier  and  Valenciennes,  having  a  double  dorsal  fin; 
but  without  specimens,  it  is  extremely  difficult  to 
refer  it  to  any  of  their  individual  divisions.  It  is  al- 
lied to  Cormna^  Ombrina,  and  Mwropogon^  and  will 
most  probably  be  found  to  range  in  one  of  these, 
several  species  being  found  in  the  estuaries  of  the 
South  American  coasts,  and  in  the  lakes  and  rivers 
of  the  New  World.  "  This  fish,  about  twojeet  in 
length,  is  taken  plentifully  in  most  of  the  rivers  of 
Guiana,  and  is  much  esteemed  for  food ;  they  are 
particularly  plentiful  in  the  Barima  and  Corentyn 
rivers^where,  at  some  seasons  of  the  year,  they  are 
the  principal  animal  food  of  the  Warrau  Indians. 
The  scaling  is  rather  small ;  opercle  terminates  in  a 
point ;  the  gill-covers  and  whole  head  are  entirely 
covered  with  scales ;  eyes  yellow ;  nostrils  double, 
and  placed  near  them ;  teeth  fine,  in  single  rows. 
The  body  is  silvery  blue  on  the  back,  varying  to 
rose-colour  on  the  belly  and  tail ;  lateral  line  much 


134  RED-BELLIED  SCIENA. 

bent.  (The  dorsal,  pectoral,  and  ventral  fins  are 
blue,  of  a  darker  shade  than  the  back ;  the  anal  fin, 
with  the  tail,  is  rose-colour.)  They  are  fished  for 
with  long  lines,  which  are  towed  after  a  canoe, 
pulled  quickly :  the  hooks  are  baited  with  small 
fish ;  sometimes  with  featners,  resembling  an  arti- 
ficial fly." 

D.  9/34— P.  16— -V.  6— A.  2/6— C.  22— Br.  5. 


135 


CORVINA. 

"We  have  next  a  fish  which  we  arrange  in  the 
genus  Corvina  of^Cuvier,  and  the  Brazilian  Fishes. 
The^  greater  number  of  species  inhabit  the  sea;  but 
we  have  some  in  the  estuaries  of  the  Ganges,  and 
also  in  the  lakes  of  North  America.  The  fish  given 
by  Spix,  C.  adusta,  is  from  the  Brazilian  seas ;  it  is 
represented  of  a  uniform  olive-brown,  paler  be- 
neath, tinted  with  reddish  yellow  about  the  head 
and  opercula. 

"  CORVINA,  Cuvier. — Corpus  elongatum  plus  minusve  com- 
pressum  squamis  non  adeo  magnis  undique  tectum. 
Caput  minus  compressum,  squamis  variae  magnitudinig 
omnino  abductum ;  rostrum  inflatum  obtusissimum, 
parva  prominens,  cavernosum.  Operculum  postice  acu- 
leatum,  latum  ;  suboperculum  angustum,  praeoperculum 
aculeis  majoribus  minoribusve  armatum.  Membrana 
branchiostega  lata,  radiis  7.  Apertura  branchialis  sat 
magna.  Os  mediocre  sub  rostri  apice,  arcuatum,  supra 
in  ossibus  intermaxillaribus  et  infra  in  mandibularibus 
lata  fascia  dentium  velutinorum  minutissiorum  arma- 
tum. Pinnae  dorsales  duae  ;  anterior  aculeis  gracillibus 
longioribus,  posterior  longior  radiis  fissis  basi  tantum 
squamatis  suffulta.  Pinna  caudalis  basi  plus  minusve 
equamata.  Pinna  analis  parva  antice  aculeis  majoribus 
minoribusve  armata.  Pinnae  ventrales  longe  accumi- 
natae,  acuieo  primo  tenui ;  pectorales  longiores  accumi- 
natae." 


136 


THE  CORVINA  OP  THE  ESSEQUIBO. 

Corvina  grwwiens. 

PLATE  II. 

• 

ARAWAAK,  Durro-durro ;  Carib,  Spoca;  L.  GERAL,  Piracuta. 
Schomb.  Drawings,  No.  2. 

THE  fish  represented  on  the  opposite  plate  appears 
to  range  in  the  genus  to  which  we  have  referred  it, 
and  resembles,  in  form  and  shape,  the  C.  adusta  of 
Spix.  The  drawing  wants  the  scaling  which  in  that 
species  and  in  some  others,  represented  on  the  plates 
of  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes,  seem  to  cover  the  whole 
cheeks  and  snout.  Several  species  make  a  hoarse 
noise  and  have  received  their  provincial  appellations 
in  consequence ;  the  (7.  ronchus  of  Valenciennes  is 
thus  named ;  at  Maracaibo,  it  is  called  "  el  ronco" 
and  "  el  roncador  ;"  and  at  St.  Domingo  and  Suri- 
nam, other  species  have  received  synonimous  appel- 
lations. 

"  The  fish  from  which  the  drawing  was  taken 
was  killed  at  Comacca  Island,  in  the  Essequibo,  in 
September ;  the  flesh  is  good,  but  bony ;  they  are 
taken  by  the  hook  and  line,  as  well  as  shot  with 
the  arrow,  but  are  not  very  plentiful.  They  make 
a  curious  grating  noise  under  a  canoe,  when  she 


THE  COR  VINA  OF  THE  ESSEQUIBO.  137 

is  tied  up  near  their  haunts.  The  colour  is  of  a 
silvery  blue ;  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins  spotted  with 
black ;  the  scaling  of  moderate  size,  fringed,  and 
adhesive ;  lateral  line  straight  and  near  the  middle 
of  the  body ;  head  depressed ;  ventral  fins  a  little 
behind  the  pectoral.  Nostrils  double,  and  situate 
near  the  eye;  eyes  oval  with  the  iris  red;  the 
mouth  terminal,  jaws  nearly  equal;  teeth  fine,  in 
single  rows  in  both  jaws ;  gill-covering  scaled,  and 
smooth  at  the  edges.  Feeds  on  insects  and  small 
fish,  and  is  generally  found  among  the  rapids." 

In  some  of  the  species  the  air-bladder  is  described 
as  fringed  with  numerous  appendices ;  in  others,  such 
as  C.  oscula^  Yal.,  it  is  quite  simple,  and  very  large. 
The  stomach  of  this  fish  presented  pyloric  appendices, 
and  was  filled  with  the  debris  of  fresh- water  shells. 
In  the  C.  nigrita^  Val.,  the  air-bladder  is  large  and 
lengthened  to  a  narrow  point ;  on  each  side  of  the 
anterior  part,  there  arises  a  small  short  process, 
which  divides  into  five  branches ;  from  the  two  in- 
terior of  these  spring  two  very  short  branches; 
while  the  three  others,  equally  divided,  are  prolonged 
into  lengthened  filaments,  which  are  retained  by  a 
fatty  cellular  tissue  upon  the  sides  of  the  bladder. 

D.  9/32— P.  14— V.  6— A.  1/7— C.  15— Br.  4. 


138 


CYCHLA. 

In  the  "  Brazilian  Fishes  "  we  have  two  forms  of 
Cychla  represented,  one  of  a  lengthened  form,  strong 
lips,  and  a  long  dorsal  fin ;  the  other  of  a  deeper 
form,  with  the  dorsal  fin  undulated  where  the  sepa- 
ration takes  place,  in  these  fishes  having  that  mem. 
her  divided,  and  having  the  body  marked  with 
conspicuous  ocellated  spots  or  markings.  The  ex- 
amples will  be  noticed  in  succession,  but  we  give 
first  the  characters  of  Agassiz,  which  agree  best 
with  the  first  or  lengthened  form, — resembling  that 
of  Latilus  or  Pinguipes,  but  with  a  short  anal  fin. 

"  CYCHLA,  Agassiz. — Corpus  elongatura,  subcompressum, 
squamis  minoribus  obductum.  Linea  lateralis  inter- 
rupta.  Caput  productum,  subacuminatum.  Operculum 
poetice  accuminatum,  suboperculum  postice  prolonga- 
tum,  nee  non  buccae  squamatae.  Os  magnum  surdum 
subinflexum ;  ossa  intermaxillaria  ambitum  oris  superi- 
orem  totum  sustinentia  valde  protractitia,  ut  et  mandi- 
bularia  fascia  lata  dentium  velutinorum  obsita.  Pharynx 
neque  dentibus  velutino  armatus.  Membrana  bran- 
chiostega  radiis  5.  Pinna  dorsalis  longa ;  pars  ejus  an- 
terior aculeata  posteriore  molli  longior.  Pinna  analis 
brevis.  Pinna  caudalis  rotundata." 

The  annexed  Plate,  taken  from  the  fishes  of 
Spix  and  Agassiz,  will  exhibit  this  form.  There 
is  an  uncoloured  drawing  in  the  Collection,  which 
we  venture  to  refer  to  it,  though  that  represented 
on  the  former  is  said  to  inhabit  the  Brazilian  sea. 


139 


LARGE-LIPPED  CYCHLA. 

Cychla  labrina,  AGASSIZ. 

PLATE  III. 

Cychla  labrina,  Spix,  tab.  xlii.  p.  99. — WIRRAF,  Saboa. 
&cnomo.  Jbrauwngs,  No.  21  ? 

WE  have  an  uncoloured  sketch,  which  we  refer  to 
the  fish  of  Spix  above  quoted,  though  some  diffe- 
rences occur,  such  as  the  absence  in  our  sketch  of 
any  markings  on  the  tail,  dorsal  and  anal  fins,  and 
in  the  more  angular  form  of  the  posterior  extremity 
of  the  latter  members.  The  notes  which  accompany 
the  Number  are  as  follow :  "  This  fish  is  common  in 
the  lower  as  well  as  upper  parts  of  the  rivers ;  they 
are  good  food,  and  grow  to  six  or  seven  inches  long ; 
they  take  bait.  The  figure,  as  represented  by  Spix, 
is  of  a  blackish  olive,  which  would  probably  be 
much  brighter  if  seen  when  the  fish  was  newly 
taken. 

"  Another  species,"  Mr.  Schomburgk  continues, 
"  very  much  resembling  this,  was  killed  in  the 
Padauiri,  but  differs  in  the  number  of  rays  and 
vertebrae  ;  it  grows  to  the  length  of  eighteen  inches ; 
:he  flesh  is  good,  and  it  takes  bait  readily,  but  does 


140  LARGE-LIPPED  CYCHLA. 

not  bite  in  the  night,  hence  it  is  called  "  Sunfish." 
The  body  is  long  and  nearly  round ;  the  snout  flat- 
tened ;  nostrils  single  ;  lips  fleshy ;  teeth  all  fine, 
in  double  or  triple  rows.  Gill-covers  smooth-edged 
and  scaly,  opercle  pointed.  Eye  placed  near  the 
middle  of  the  head,  coloured  orange  and  black ;  air- 
bag  single,  and  as  long  as  the  cavity  of  the  body." 

Of  the  first,  or  what  we  consider  C.  labrina,  the 
following  fin  formula  is  given ;  the  remarks  on  the 
second  species  may,  we  think,  have  reference  to  our 
next  Plate,  on  which  there  is  BO  Number  or  Notes. 
The  formula  of  the  fins  of  the  first  is* 

D.  19/14— P.  16— V.  1/6— A.  3/11— C.  16— Br.  5— Vert.  34. 


141 


BANDED  CYCHLA. 

CycJda  fasciata. 

PLATE  IV. 

No  Number  or  Notes  accompany  this  drawing. 
The  colour  of  the  entire  fish,  together  with  the  fins, 
is  of  a  dull  blackish  blue,  paler  beneath,  and  on  the 
first  part  of  the  dorsal  fin,  the  body  being  trans- 
versely banded  with  numerous  dark  bands ;  in  the 
drawing  they  amount  to  thirty.  The  iris  is  coloured 
bright  orange-red,  and  appears  very  conspicuous  in 
the  dark  fish.  The  first  and  second  rays  of  the 
pectoral  fin  are  of  a  pale  yellowish  brown,  and  ap- 
pear strong, — almost  spines. 

The  next  fish,  of  a  similar  form,  will  present  a 
striking  contrast  in  its  brilliant  colouring 


142 


RED-HEADED  CYCHLA. 
Cychla  f  rutUcm. 

PLATE  V. 
Schwib.  Drawings,  No.  71. 

OUR  Notes  are  also  very  scanty  in  regard  to  this 
species,  but  the  Drawing  is  more  than  usually  mi- 
nute. "  It  was  taken  in  the  Rio  Branco  in  April 
The  teeth  were,  a  row  in  each  jaw,  and  some  in  i 
front ;  tongue  round  and  fleshy.  The  scaling  was  • 
very  small,  fringed,  and  deciduous.  Small  fish  were 
found  in  the  stomach.  The  air-bag  single,  pointed, 
and  as  long  as  the  body."  The  upper  half  of  the 
head  and  body  is  of  a  delicate  pale  green,  continued 
on  the  rays  of  the  dorsal,  anal,  and  caudal  fins,  the 
membranous  parts  of  which  are  bluish  grey.  The 
lower  half  of  the  head,  the  breast,  and  ventral  fin, 
are  rich  vermilion-red,  darker  on  the  upper  lip  and 
edges  of  the  opercle  and  preopercle ;  the  remaining 
part  of  the  lower  half  of  the  body,  to  the  centre  of 
the  insertion  of  the  anal  fin,  is  pale  rose-colour, 
shading  into  the  green  above.  The  extremity  of  the 
body,  below  the  curved  part  of  the  lateral  line,  is 
gree»i*h  grey ;  the  pectoral  fin  is  wood-brown ;  at 


IlED-HEADED  CYCHLA.  143 

the  insertion  of  the  tail  and  termination  of  the 
lateral  line,  there  is  a  round  spot  of  deep  black, 
and  a  dull  band  of  the  same  colour  bounds  the  soft 
extremity  of  the  anal  fin. 

This  last  fish,  in  many  parts  of  its  form,  and  in 
its  bright  colour,  resembles  the  Serrani,  and  it  is 
possible  that  it  may  stand  described  under  that 
generic  appellation ;  at  the  same  time,  our  drawing 
and  short  notes  agree  with  the  characters  we  have 
printed  from  the  Brazilian  Fishes. 


The  second  form  of  Cychla,  and  that  to  which 
we  feel  inclined  to  restrict  the  appellation,  is  repre- 
sented by  the  C.  monoculus,  Spix,  tab.  Ixiii.,  by 
those  described  in  the  second  volume  of  Humboldt's 
Zoological  Rescearches,  and  by  the  C.  ocellaris  of 
Schneider.  It  belongs  to  the  Labrince.  The  fishes 
composing  it  are  all  brightly  and  gaily  coloured,  and 
are  remarkable  for  their  very  decided  banded  and 
ocellated  markings,  which  also  prevail  in  all  the 
species  of  which  we  now  possess  drawings.  This 
genus  of  Bloch  and  Cuvier,  to  which  most  modern 
Ichthyologists  refer  these  fishes,  is  not  recognised  by 
Valenciennes,  who  seems  to  have  distributed  them 
through  other  groups.  In  the  Histoire  Naturelle  des 
Poissons,  he  says,  "  Mais  le  genre  Cychla,  compose 
d'abord  d'une  maniere  trop  vague  a  ete  reduit  par 
nous,  a  des  especes  de  la  famille  des  Labres."  With- 
out having  examined  specimens,  we  should  not  like 


144  GENUS  CYCHLA. 

to  differ  from  such  authority ;  at  the  same  time,  the 
forms  represented  in  these  works  and  drawings  ap- 
pear very  natural  in  every  respect,  and  would  seem 
entitled  to  a  generic  separation.  At  the  end  of  the 
volume,  we  have  brought  together  the  other  species 
which  have  been  represented  by  Humboldt  and 
Spix,  and  now  represent  those  which  were  found  by 
Mr.  Schomburgk. 


I 


145 


YELLOW-SPOTTED  CYCHLA. 

Cychla  Jlavo-maculata. 

PLATE  VI. 

9intado. — L.  GERAL,  Lucanari.    Schomb.  Drawings,  No.  45. 

THIS  beautiful  fish  inhabits  the  Rio  Negro  and 
adauiri,  and  is  preferred  to  most  others  for  the 
eJicacy  of  its  flesh.  The  scaling  is  rather  small, 
liptical,  slightly  fringed,  and  adhesive ;  lateral 
le  arched  until  over  the  ventral  fin,  when  it  bends 
the  middle  of  the  body,  and  runs  thence  to  the 
til  (see  Drawing) ;  head  compressed ;  ventral  fins 
aced  under  the  pectoral  ;  air-bag  long,  covering 
ie  spine  the  whole  length  of  the  cavity  of  the 
ody ;  nostrils  single,  round,  situate  near  the  eye ; 
round,  iris  black  and  yellow,  and  situate  over 
ie  gape  of  the  mouth ;  tongue  pointed,  fleshy ; 
wer  jaw  slightly  produced ;  teeth  fine,  thickly 
in  each  jaw;  intestines  straight.  The  gill- 
)ening  is  semilunar,  the  cover  having  all  the 
ones  scaled ;  the  roe  is  moderate-sized  and  double. 
b  lives  but  a  short  time  after  being  taken  from 
ie  water,  takes  bait  and  the  artificial  fly  rudely 
onstructed  by  the  Indians;  it  will  also  bite  at  a 
id  pepper  or  a  red  rag.  They  are  perfect  ty- 
K 


146  YELLOW-SPOTTED  CYCHLA. 

rants  when  they  are  plentiful,  and  being  a  swil 
swimming  fish,  destroy  great  numbers  of  smaUe 
fishes.  The  body  is  greenish  lake,  with  three  blac 
bars,  three  rows,  and  several  scattered  yellow  spots 
on  the  head  several  black  spots,  and  a  peacock 
eye  on  the  insertion  of  the  tail.  Dorsal  fin  and  up 
per  part  of  tail,  indigo  spotted  with  light  blue ;  VCD 
tral,  anal,  and  lower  half  of  caudal  fin  vermilion 
pectoral  greenish ;  gill-rays  vermilion ;  belly  lighte 
than  the  other  parts  of  the  body.  They  grow  t 
two  feet  in  length."  The  formula  of  the  fins  is,— 

D.  15/16— P.  16— V.  1/5— A.  10— C.  20— B*.  &, 


M   ft 


BLACK-BLOTCHED  CYCHLA. 

Oyckla  nigro-mawlafa. 

PLATE  VII. 
L.  GKRAL,  Lucanari.    Schomb.  Drawings,  No.  46. 

**  THIS  is  another  species  having  the  same  habits  and 
residing  in  the  same  situations  with  the  last ;  they 
are  taken  in  the  same  way,  and  are  equally  esteemed 
for  the  table ;  they  grow  to  about  eighteen  inches 
in  length.  The  head  is  compressed,  but  differs 
from  the  last  in  having  a  lump  on  the  top ;  the 
body  and  head  are  irregularly  spotted  with  black, 
which  vary  in  different  individuals;  a  peacock- 
eye  at  the  insertion  of  the  tail;  body  greenish 
yellow,  light  on  the  belly  and  sides;  gill-rays, 
ventral,  anal,  and  lower  half  of  caudal  fin,  vermi- 
lion ;  upper  half  of  caudal  fin,  and  dorsal,  indigo ; 
the  scaling  is  small  and  slightly  fringed,  elliptical, 
and  adhesive;  the  lateral  line  is  divided;  ventral 
fins  under  the  pectorals ;  air-hag  single,  as  long  as 
the  cavity  of  body ;  nostrils  single,  near  the  eyes ; 
eyes  round,  over  the  gape,  with  red  and  yellow  iris ; 
the  lower  jaw  is  produced;  teeth  as  in  No.  45 
(the  last) ;  intestines  form  no  flexures,  but  are 


BLACK-BLOTCHED  CYCHLA. 

straight;  opercles  scaly,  with  smooth  edges;  g 
opening  semilunar ;  the  milt  double,  half  the  lent 
>f  the  cavity  of  the  body;  roe  also  double,  of 
like  length.  Lives  half  an  hour  when  taken  fr< 
the  water."  The  formula  of  the  fins  is,— 

D.  16/17-P.  14-V,  1/5-A.  3/1 1-C.  36  ?_Br.  5- 
,  Itf  i 


149 


ARGUS  CYCHLA. 

Oychla  argua,  VALENCIENNES  ? 

PLATE  VIII. 

{7.  argus,  Val.,  Humb.  Zool.  Ob*,  ii.  p.  169. — ARAWAAK  and 
MACUSI,  Lucanani ;  L.  GERAL,  Lucanari ;  CREOLE,  Sun-fish. 
Schomb.  Drawings,  No.  47. 

"  THIS  species  is  found  in  the  Essequibo  as  well  as 
in  the  Rios  Branco  and  Negro,  resembles  the  last  in 
its  habits,  being  found  in  the  same  situations.  The 
gill-rays,  throat,  ventral,  anal,  and  half  of  caudal  fin, 
vermilion  ;  tail  with  a  peacock-eye ;  large  spots  of 
black  on  the  sides,  edged  with  yellow,  giving  it  a 
gilt  appearance ;  the  upper  part  of  caudal  fin  and 
dorsal  is  indigo  spotted  with  light  blue ;  the  eye 
y  ""  ^w,  situate  over  the  gape  ;  nostrils  near  the  eye ; 
Wer  jaw  slightly  produced;  teeth  as  in  the  two 
last  species;  opercles  scaly,  with  smooth  edges; 
scaling  small,  elliptical,  and  adhesive ;  lateral  line 
divided  as  last;  ventral  fins  under  the  pectorals; 
air-bag  single,  length  of  the  cavity  of  the  body; 
anus  situate  near  the  anal  fin;  gill-opening  semi- 
lunar  ;  roe  double ;  half  the  length  of  the  cavity  of 
the  body.  It  lives  only  half  an  hour  after  being 


150  ARGUS  CYCHLA. 

taken  from  the  water,  and  is  taken  in  the  same  wa] 
as  Nos.  45  and  46,  also  with  the  arrow." 

To  the  conclusion  of  Humboldt's  observations  01 
these  fishes,  Valenciennes  adds  the  description  of  on 
from  the  Museum  of  the  Garden  of  Plants,  whicl 
seems  to  agree  with  the  above  Number  of  Schom 
burgk's  drawings.  He  states  the  spots  to  be  ocel 
lated  with  white,  with,  however,  a?  The  spirit 
may  have  withdrawn  the  colour.  The  formula  c 
the  fins  of  the  Parisian  specimen  is, 
• 

D.  18/15— P.  12— V.  6— A,  */&-€»  !& 


151 


TRIPLE-BANDED  CYCHLA. 

Cychla  trifasciata. 

PLATE  IX. 
L.  GERAL,  Lucanari  Grande.     Schomb.  Drawings^  No.  59. 

OUR  Notes  relative  to  this  species  are  very  scanty ; 
"  it  was  met  with  in  the  Rio  Negro  and  in  the 
Padauiri  in  the  month  of  February;  it  continues 
alive  only  a  short  time  when  removed  from  the  water; 
its  food,  other  fishes ;  teeth  are  thickly  set  in  both 
jaws ;  tongue  pointed  and  fleshy  ;  the  intestines 
straight."  The  drawing  is  of  the  same  size  with 
the  others,  the  outline  somewhat  similar ;  but  there 
is  a  sudden  rise  immediately  posterior  to  the  head, 
after  which  it  falls  again  and  rises  before  the  insertion 
of  the  second  portion  of  the  dorsal  fin ;  after  which 
it  is  suddenly  narrowed,  as  in  the  others,  to  the  in- 
sertion of  the  tail.  The  colour  of  the  drawing  above 
is  a  dark  olive -green,  shading  into  yellow,  slightly 
tinged  with  green  on  the  lower  half  of  the  fish,  or 
below  the  lateral  line,  which  bends  somewhat,  fol- 
lowing the  dorsal  outline.  The  opercula  and  head 
are  marked  with  irregular  shaped  spots  of  black, 
and  the  middle  of  the  fish  is  crossed  with  three  dark, 
nearly  equidistant,  oval  marks,  the  first  arising 


152  TRIPLE-BANDED  CYCHLA. 

nearly  after  the  insertion  of  the  pectoral  fin.  Above 
the  lateral  line  at  the  insertion  of  the  tail,  a  large 
black  spot,  ocellated  or  surrounded  with  an  inter- 
rupted yellow  ring.  The  dorsal  fin  and  upper  lobe  of 
the  tail  is  indigo  blue,  the  latter  spotted  between  the 
rays  with  black  ;  the  pectorals  of  a  greenish  yellow ; 
the  throat  and  rays  of  the  branchiae,  anal  and  ventral 
fins,  and  lower  lobe  of  the  tail,  vermilion  red.  Al- 
though some  of  the  other  specimens  are  banded 
with  black,  we  have  designated  this  fish  from  these 
markings,  which  alone  stand  out  from  a  dull  uni- 
formly coloured  surface,  without  the  interruption  of 
numerous  spots  of  any  other  colour. 


s=iijl 


153 


RED-SPOTTED  CYCHLA, 

Cychla?  rulro-ocdlata. 

PLATE  X. 
L.  GERAL,  Acarra.    Schomb.  Drawmgs,  No.  38. 

THIS  fish,  in  its  form  commencing  to  vary  from 
those  which  we  have  considered  as  typical  of 
Cychla,  will  lead  us  on  to  the  next ;  it  is  altogether 
a  deeper  fish,  but  retains  traces  of  the  bands  so  pre- 
valent in  the  others,  the  brilliant  colours,  and  is 
marked  with  the  peculiar  ocellated  spots  we  have 
observed  throughout ;  the  anal  fin  also  is  of  much 
greater  extent,  and  the  three  first  rays  are  spined 
or  strong.  The  lateral  line,  however,  as  repre- 
sented in  the  figure,  is  parted  towards  the  tail. 
Mr.  Schomburgk  observes,  "  This  is  also  a  native 
of  the  Rio  Negro  and  its  tributaries,  and  is  called 
Acarra,  which  is  the  common  name  for  the  whole 
genus.  It  is  a  beautiful  fish,  greenish  on  the  back 
and  yellow  on  the  belly,  variously  banded  and  spot- 
ted with  black;  the  caudal  fin  is  scaly  half  its 
length,  and  spotted  "with  vermilion;  on  its  insertion 
is  a  peacock-eye,  and  another  on  the  soft  rays  of 
the  dorsal  fin ;  the  eye  is  bright  orange,  and  situate 
near  the  middle  of  the  head;  the  gill-lid  scaly; 


154  RED-SPOTTED  CYCHLA. 

teeth  fine,  and  in  both  jaws ;  lower  jaw  a  little  pro- 
duced; lateral  line  parted.  The  scaling  is  rather 
large,  fringed,  elliptical,  and  not  very  adhesive;  the 
head  compressed  and  ventral  fins  a  little  behind  the 
pectorals ;  the  nostrils  single,  and  situate  at  half 
distance  from  the  eye ;  the  snout  and  tongue  pointed. 
They  are  taken  by  the  hook  and  with  arrows,  anc 
are  good  and  well-tasted  fish."  The  peacock-eyes, 
or  ocellated  spots,  are  dark  vermilion-red  with 
large  black  centre,  and  the  base  of  the  soft  part  ol 
the  dorsal,  the  anal  fin,  the  whole  base  of  the  tail, 
and  part  of  the  extremity  of  the  body,  are  thickly 
but  irregularly  studded  with  small  spots  of  the  same 
red  tint.  We  have  little  doubt  also  that  the  teeth 
and  their  distribution  in  this  fish  are  different  from 
the  preceding  ones  under  the  same  generic  name, 
and  consider  that  an  examination  of  specimens 
would  place  it  distinct.  The  formula  of  the  fins  is 

D.  12/19— P.  18— V.  1/5— A.  3/14  -C.  16. 


155 


CENTRARCHUS. 

Allied  in  form  to  the  fishes  we  have  just  de- 
scribed, we  have  one  or  two  species  which  ap- 
pear to  belong  to  the  form  denominated  by  Cuvier 
and  Valenciennes  Centrarchus,  and  of  which  they 
give  the  Cychla  cenea  of  Lesseur  as  typical.  They 
place  this  form,  and  that  to  which  we  have  referred 
another  fish,  Pomotis,  next  each  other,  and  discuss 
them  in  the  same  chapter,  distinguishing  that  which 
we  have  now  before  us  principally  by  the  greater 
aumber  of  spines  to  the  anal  fin,  while  in  Pomotis 
they  are  few,  generally  three  in  number,  and  the 
operculum  is  terminated  in  an  ear-like  membrane, 
which  has  suggested  the  generic  name.  Both  forms, 
so  far  as  known,  are  found  chiefly  in  the  fresh 
waters  of  North  America,  feed  on  insects  and 
aquatic  larvee,  and  several  of  them  are  used  for  the 
table.  The  characters  given  in  the  "  Histoire  Na- 
turelle  des  Poissons  "  are  nearly  as  follows : 

"  CENTRARCHUS. — Has  the  body  oval,  compressed;  a  single 
dorsal  fin ;  teeth  "  en  velours,"  upon  the  jaws,  anterior 
to  the  vomer,  upon  the  palatine  bones,  and  on  the  base 
of  the  tongue,  the  preoperculum  entire,  end  of  the  oper- 
culum in  two  flat  points."* 

*  Translated  from  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poiss.  iii.  p.  84. 


156  CENTRABCHU8. 

In  the  new  edition  to  Cuvier,  by  his  pupils,  the 
characters  are  given,  "  Acanthopterigiens  percoides 
a  six  rayons  branchiaux,  a  un  seule  dorsale,  a  pre- 
opercule  lisse,  et  a  dents  en  velours  sur  les  ma- 
choires,  sur  les  palatins,  sur  le  chevron  du  vomer,  et 
sur  le  base  de  la  langue." 


157 


CYCHLA-LIKE  CENTRARCHUS 

Centrarckw  cychla. 

PLATE  XL 
L.  GERAL,  Accari.    Schomb.  Drawings,  No.  62. 

WE  have  placed  this  fish  as  a  Centrarchus,  but  ac- 
knowledge that  we  have  done  so  merely  because  it 
recedes  from  the  type  of  Cychla  as  given  by  Cuvier 
and  Humboldt ;  as  we  have  repeatedly  had  occa- 
sion to  remark,  it  is  impossible  from  the  drawings 
to  fix  the  genera  with  certainty,  particularly  when 
they  depend  on  some  of  the  minute  distinctions  of 
the  teeth  and  their  position,  as  employed  through- 
out  the  volumes  of  the  "  Histoire  Naturelle  des 
Poissons ;M  and  of  the  present  fish  and  that  which 
follows,  the  plates  are  given  to  direct  attention,  and 
for  the  use  of  future  travellers;  for  we  have  no 
doubt  that  from  the  figures  we  have  given,  the  fish 
would  be  at  once  again  recognised ;  and  from  the 
generic  characters,  printed  from  Valenciennes,  it 
maybe  ascertained  whether  we  are  correct,  or 'if 
not,  in  what  points  they  vary  from  them.  In  the 
markings,  this  fish  still  exhibits  the  banding  of 
many  of  the  Cychloe,  and  dark  spots,  but  without 
any  of  the  ocellation  so  prevalent  in  the  others; 


158  CYCHLA-LIKE  CENTRARCHUS. 

the  colours,  though  still  bright,  are  not  nearly  so 
vivid ;  the  angles  of  the  opercle  and  pre-opercle  are 
more  accumulated,  and  run  almost  to  blunt  spines. 
The  scanty  notes  supply  us  with  the  following  in- 
formation :  "  Rio  Negro ;  caught  in  March ;  takes 
bait ;  good  fish  for  the  table ;  grows  twelve  inches 
long;  worms  found  in  stomach/'  The  colouring 
will  be  best  understood  from  the  figure.  The  body 
is  of  a  deep  greenish  grey,  having  indications  of 
seven  dark  bands,  which  are  interrupted  in  the 
middle  or  on  the  lateral  line ;  a  single  conspicuous 
black  spot  is  placed  near  the  insertion  of  the  tail  ; 
the  lower  part  of  the  body,  below  the  pectorals  and 
anterior  to  the  anal  fin,  is  vermilion-red ;  the  dorsal 
and  anal  fins  are  pale  indigo-blue,  barred  with  red- 
dish brown  at  their  posterior  extremities.  The 
formula  of  the  fins  are, 

D.  15/12— P.  14— V.  1/6— A.  5/10— C.  16. 


159 


DARK  CENTRARCHUa 

Centrarchus  nvw. 

PLATE  XII. 

OP  this  species  we  do  not  possess  available  Notes, 
and  a  representation  of  the  drawing  is  given  to 
complete  the  Ichthyology  of  the  Guianese  waters  so 
far  as  our  materials  will  allow,  and  to  call  the  at- 
tention of  other  travellers  to  the  wanting  points. 
The  figure  of  this  fish  is  in  length  six  inches  and 
three-quarters,  in  depth  about  three ;  the  colour  is 
entirely  a  dark  bluish  black,  paler  beneath ;  and  on 
the  belly,  anterior  to  the  ventral  fins,  the  edges  of 
the  mouth,  and  the  borders  of  the  opercula  and  pre- 
opercula,  indigo  blue;  the  iris  is  coloured  orange- 
red  ;  the  dorsal  fin  is  represented  as  having  seventeen 
spiny  rays,  ten  soft;  the  ventral  with  six  spiny, 
eight  soft,  and  both  without  any  appearance  of 
spotting.  The  ventral  fin  has  a  strong  round  spine 
before  the  first  soft  ray,  which  considerably  exceeds 
the  others  in  length.  Taken  in  the  Rio  Negro  in 
February. 


160 


DARK-MARKED  CENTRARCHU& 

Centrarchus  notatus. 
PLATE  XIII. 

THIS  species,  of  which  we  have  no  Notes,  somewha 
resembles  the  C.  ceneus  of  Valenciennes,  but  the  head 
is  covered  with  a  dark  spotting,  and  there  is  no 
large  spot  on  the  opercle.  In  length  it  is  eight  inches 
and  a  half,  in  depth  three  and  a  half.  The  colour  is 
a  uniform  olive-brown,  five  indistinct  handed  marks 
running  below  the  middle  of  the  fish,  the  last  entirely 
across  at  the  termination  of  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins. 
At  the  base  of  each  scale  there  is  a  dark  rich  umber- 
brown  spot,  and  the  whole  lower  part  of  the  head 
and  opercula  are  marked  with  rather  large  irregu- 
larly rounded  spots  of  the  same  colour.  The  dorsal 
and  anal  fins  are  large,  and  are  marked  between  the 
rays  with  dark  spots  which  run  in  bands.  The  tail 
is  similarly  spotted;  the  ventral  fins  are  length- 
ened. 

D.  16/12— A.  7/12— C.  16. 


BLACK-BANDED  CENTRARCHUS. 

Centrarchus  ?  vittatus. 

PLATE  XIV. 

NEITHER  of  this  fish  have  we  any  Notes;  the 
drawing  alone,  finished  with  considerable  detail,  13 
before  us ;  the  general  form  is  that  of  the  two  pre- 
ceding species,  but  the  scaling  is  proportionally 
larger,  and  the  caudal  fin,  very  slightly  forked,  has 
the  lower  lobe  shorter  than  the  upper.  The  jaws 
are  equal,  and  appear  furnished  with  minute  teeth 
on  their  edges;  the  outline  of  the  opercula  is 
rounded,  and  the  anal  fin  seems  to  possess  only  throe 
spiny  rays,  which,  in  the  system  of  Valenciennes, 
would  bring  it  near  to  or  in  the  genus  Pomotis. 
The  general  colours  are  represented  to  be  bluish 
green  on  the  fins  and  upper  parts,  shading  into  sil- 
very on  the  belly,  and  the  whole  is  marked  with 
darker  bands  of  the  common  tint.  The  opercula 
and  upper  lobe  of  the  tail  are  spotted  with  pale  blue  ; 
and  below,  rather  in  front  of  the  eye,  and  between 
it  and  the  maxillary  bone,  there  are  three  oblong 
streaks  of  bluish  green,  the  last  reaching  to  the 
angle  of  the  mouth ;  but  the  most  conspicuous  mark- 
ing in  the  fish  is  a  line  of  about  a  quarter  of  aa 


162       BLACK-BANDFP  CEMRARCHUS. 

inch  in  breadth,  of  a  deep  black  colour;  running  from 
the  upper  part  of  the  operculum,  or  opposite  the 
eye,  to  the  centre  of  the  tail ;  and  having  on  the 
extremity  of  the  body,  above  its  termination,  a 
circular  spot  of  the  same  colour.  The  iris  is  pale 
yellow.  The  dorsal  fin,  so  far  as  we  can  count  from 
the  drawing,  has  fourteen  spiny  and  ten  soft  rays ; 
the  anal  3/7 ;  the  ventral  1/5 ;  the  first  being  of  con- 
siderable strength ;  the  first  soft  ray  prolonged  con- 
siderably beyond  the  rest.  Length  of  the  drawing 
is  nearly  five  inches,  depth  two  inches. 


I 


163 


LONG-SNOUTED  CENTRARCHUS. 

Centrarchus  ?  ?  rostrcttus. 

PLATE  XV. 
L.  GERAL,  Acarra.    Sclwmb.  Drawings,  No.  60. 

THIS  prettily  marked  fish  is  also  accompanied  with 
few  details ;  "  it  was  taken  in  the  Rio  Negro  in 
February ;  the  teeth  are  a  single  row  in  each  jaw  ; 
the  gill-covers  have  five  rays ;  the  scales  are  large, 
elliptical  and  adhesive.  Above,  the  colouring  is 
clear  olive,  shading  off  about  the  lateral  line,  be- 
neath which  the  lower  half  of  the  first  is  silvery ; 
the  tail  also  is  olive,  shading  at  the  base  into  indigo- 
blue,  and  having  a  narrow  band  of  the  same  colour 
near  the  extremity  of  the  body  ;  the  remaining  fins 
are  yellowish  brown  and  olive,  and  on  the  anal 
olive  between  the  rays ;  on  the  dorsal  having  the 
caudal  aspect  of  the  spiny  rays  tipped  with  reddish 
orange.  The  mouth  and  snout  are  rather  lengthened ; 
the  jaws  even ;  the  opercula  terminate  posteriorly 
in  a  slightly  accuminated  point  or  angle,  and  the 
space  between  the  pectoral  and  ventral  fins  are 
marked  with  small  irregular  blotches  of  reddish 
orange  ;  on  the  angle  of  the  preoperculum  there  is 
$a  irregular  roundish  spot  of  black,  and  on  the 


164  LONG-SNOUTED  CENTRARCHUS. 

centre  of  the  body  there  are  two  large  oval  spots  of 
the  same  conspicuous  colour.  The  iris  is  coloured 
orange.  Length  of  the  drawing  four  inches  four- 
tenths,  depth  one  inch  and  a  half. 

D.  13/9— P.  14-V.  24— A.  3/8-C.  16-Vert.  24. 


165 


BLUE-FINNED  CENTRARCHUS. 
Oentrarchus  1  cyanopterus. 

PLATE  XVI. 

MACUSI,  Camarapaca ;  L.  GERAL,  Acara  Tinga  ("  Tinga"  is 
Stinking).    Schomh.  Drawings t  No.  1 9. 

WE  place  this  fish  with  Centrarchus,  as  appearing 
nearer  to  it  than  any  other ;  though  we  are  by  no 
means  satisfied  that  it  will  stand  here ;  there  ap- 
pear to  be  only  three  spines  to  the  anal  fin.  "  This 
fish  is  a  native  of  the  Essequibo,  and  is  drawn  of 
the  natural  size ;  the  colour  light  green,  varying  to 
blue  on  the  side,  and  dull  rose  on  the  belly;  th» 
eye  is  large,  yellow,  and  red,  and  situate  near  the 
top  of  the  head;  the  gill- lid  scaled,  with  smooth 
edges  and  edged  with  rose  colour ;  pectoral  fins  rose  3 
ventral,  placed  under  the  pectoral,  blue  spotted  with 
brown ;  dorsal  and  caudal  ditto ;  anal  blue  spotted 
with  rose ;  the  jaws  are  equal ;  lips  fleshy ;  teeth 
fine  single  rows ;  lateral  line  divided.  They  live  an 
hour  after  being  taken  from  the  water,  take  bait,  and 
prefer  creeks  and  still  waters  to  the  fast  running 
streams.  Great  numbers  of  them  are  annually  de- 
stroyed, together  with  other  fish,  by  poisoning  their 
resorts  when  the  rivers  are  low.  Of  this  species  I 


166  BLUE-FINNED  CENTRARCHUS. 

have  seen  two  middle  sized  canoe-loads  killed  at  one 
time;  they  are  well-flavoured  but  bony,  and  are 
said  not  to  exceed  the  size  of  the  one  represented. 
I  have  seen  one  much  like  this  in  the  river  Padauiri, 
a  tributary  of  the  Rio  Negro,  12  inches  in  length ; 
it  had  two  or  three  blue  stripes  on  the  head,  but  I 
had  not  the  means  with  me  to  make  a  drawing  of 
it.  The  scaling  is  large  and  slightly  fringed." 


167 


POMOTIS. 

The  next  fish  which  occurs,  we  cannot  determine 
generically  with  satisfaction;  it  ranges  among  or 
near  to  the  Centrarchi  of  Valenciennes,  and  would 
come  close  to  Pomotis  of  that  author,  were  it  not 
for  the  numerous  spines  on  the  anterior  part  of  the 
anal  fin,  which  in  that  genus  is  rather  artificially 
restricted  to  three  or  four  ;  the  teeth  scarcely  appear 
to  agree  with  either.  Pomotis^  in  which  we  pro- 
visionally place  it,  is  found  in  the  fresh  waters  of 
North  America,  consisting  there  of  a  single  species, 
of  which  there  is  a  good  figure  in  the  Northern 
Zoology  of  Dr.  Richardson  ;  a  second  species  is  in- 
dicated by  Valenciennes  from  Buenos-  Ayres.  One 
of  the  distinguishing  marks  is  the  ear-like  flap 
which  extends  along  the  posterior  margins  of  the 
opercula;  and  it  is  probable  that  from  the  little 
development  of  this  part  and  other  modifications  of 
structure,  that  it  may  range  more  properly  with 
Centrarchus.  The  present  title,  however,  will  call 
attention  to  the  presence  of  Pomotis  in  South  Ame- 
rica, and  we  add  the  characters. 

"  POMOTIS,  Cuvier.  —  Body  broadly  oval,  compressed  ;  dorsal 
fin  slightly  emarginate;  the  hinder  part  of  the  anal 


168  POMOTIS. 

with  a  sheath  of  scales  at  their  base,  the  spines  of  these 
fins  moderate ;  an  elongated  membrane  or  flap  at  the 
angle  of  the  operculum  ;  caudal  fin  lobed  ;  ventral s  un- 
der the  pectoral,  with  a  pointed  basal  scale."  P.  vul- 
ris,  Swain. 


UNIVERSITY 


169 


BLACK-BANDED  POMOTIS. 

Pomotis  ?  fasciatus. 

PLATE  XVII. 
L.  GEBAL,  Acarra.    Schomb.  Drawings,  No.  37. 

THE  scaling  of  this  fish  is  middle-sized,  fringed, 
elliptical,  and  adhesive;  the  lateral  line  divided, 
one  part  arched  till  under  the  last  spiny  ray  of 
dorsal  fin,  the  other  beginning  when  that  ends,  and 
moving  straight  to  the  middle  of  the  tail ;  a  little 
lower  it  is  of  a  greenish  brown  with  a  broad  black 
•stripe  running  along  the  middle  of  the  body;  the 
webs  of  the  fins  are  bluish,  caudal  fin  somewhat 
rounded ;  eye  large,  and  situate  near  the  top  of 
the  head ;  iris  orange ;  teeth  fine,  and  thickly  set 
in  both  jaws ;  tongue  pointed ;  nostrils  single,  near 
the  snout ;  gill-lid  covered  with  scales,  the  opening 
semilunar ;  the  ventral  fins  are  placed  nearly  under 
the  pectorals.  They  take  the  hook,  baited  with  small 
fish,  readily  ;  and  are  much  used  for  food  in  the 
Ixios  Padauiri  and  Negro.  The  air-bag  is  double, 
one  half  oval  and  the  other  pointed  and  long ;  milt 
double,  half  the  length  of  the  cavity  of  the  body ; 
!  intestines  make  three  flexures.  The  appendage  to 
the  gill-flap  appears  like  a  prolongation  of  the  edge 


170  BLACK-BANDED  POMOTIS. 

as  a  membrane,  with  a  regularly  rounded  outline, 
but  with  no  jutting-out  appendage  as  in  P.  vul- 
garis ;  the  teeth,  though  fine,  are  represented  of 
considerable  length,  particularly  on  the  upper  jaw. 
The  length  of  the  drawing  is  eight  and  a  half,  the 
depth  four  inches ;  the  colour  of  the  fish  yellowish 
umber-brown,  interrupted  by  the  broad  black  line 
running  along  the  centre  of  the  body.  The  formula 
of  the  fins  is, 

D.  16/14— P.  13— V.  1/5— A.  8/12— C.  16— Br.  6. 


We  possess  a  slight  uncoloured  sketch  of  another 
fish,  which  appears  nearer  to  Pomotis  than  the  last ; ; 
the  teething  is  represented  as  more  minute ;  there 
appears  to  be  a  slight  auricle  to  the  operculum,  and 
the  anal  fin  has  only  three  spiny  rays.  We  give 
an  outline  also  to  direct  attention,  with  Mr.  Schom- 
burgk's  short  notes. 


171 


BONO  OF  THE  WARRAU  INDIANS. 

Pomotis  ?  low. 

PLATE  XVIII. 

ARAWAAK,  Siballi;*  WARB-VW  Bono;  MACUSI,  Misshaw ;  L. 
GERAL,  Accara  Pishuna.     &chomb.  Drawings,  No.  1 7. 

THIS  fish  is  found  in  all  the  rivers  of  Guiana,  and 
in  pools  and  marshes ;  the  colour  is  a  hluish  black  ; 
it  is  taken  with  the  hook,  and  great  numbers  are 
killed  by  the  negroes  when  the  trenches  on  the 
estates  get  dry ;  they  are  indifferent  food,  being  dry 
and  bony.  The  body  is  compressed  ;  mouth  rather 
small ;  jaws  equal,  and  armed  with  single  rows  of 
fine  teeth;  the  eye  is  red;  opercles  scaly,  with 
smooth  edges ;  nostrils  single ;  lateral  line  divided, 
one  part  arched  running  near  the  back  for  two- 
thirds  of  its  length,  the  other  commencing  lower 
and  running  straight  to  the  middle  of  the  tail ;  the 
tail  is  a  little  rounded,  scaling  large  and  rough, 
fringed,  and  adhesive.  Length  of  the  drawing  six 
inches,  depth  two  and  a  half. 

D.  14/10— P.  13— V.  1/5— A.  3/8— C.  16— Br.  5. 
*  Siballi  is  the  Arawaak  name  for  many  species.  SCHOMB, 


172 


GYMNOTUS. 

Of  this  remarkable  and  far-famed  form  two  ex- 
amples occur,  one  the  G.  electricus,*  the  other  a 
small  species  of  a  dark  colour,  and  crossed  with 
black  diagonal  bands.  The  notes  relating  to  either, 
we  regret  to  say,  are  extremely  scanty,  and  no 
mention  is  made,  either  of  any  aversion  in  the  na- 
tives to  secure  them,  or  of  any  particular  mode  ot 
capture  employed  by  them. 

*  See  account  of  its  electric  properties,  from  Humboldl 
given  in  Vol.  XXVII.  of  the  "  Naturalist's  Library,"1  and  whicl 
the  Vignette  Title  of  our  present  Volume  is  intended  t 
illustrate. 


173 


ELECTRIC  GYMNOTUS. 


PLATE  XVIII. 

L.  GERAL,  Porraki.    Schomb.  Drawings,  No.  58. 

"  TAKEN  in  the  Rio  Negro  in  February;  body  long 
and  slimy ;  lips  fleshy,  roof  of  the  mouth  warty ; 
tongue  round,  fleshy," — is  all  the  note  attached  tr> 
the  above  number.  The  drawing  is  coloured  of  a 
deep  bluish  green  above,  shaded  to  a  dull  ochraceons 
colour  on  the  snout,  lips  and  anterior  third  of  the 
lower  parts  becoming  paler  in  the  middle  half  of  the 
body ;  the  anal  fin  is  of  a  deeper  shade  than  the 
upper  part  of  the  body,  but  at  its  origin  patches 
of  the  ochraceous  or  yellow  colour  of  the  head  ap- 
pear on  it;  the  lower  lip  protrudes  considerably 
beyond  the  upper. 

We  are  not  aware  of  a  goo    coloured  figure  of 
this  species. 


174 


IRREGULARLY  BANDED  GYMNOTUS. 

Gywwotus  Jasciatus. 

PLATE  XIX. 

Schornb.  Drawings,  No.  35. 

"  THIS  species  was  found  in  the  Rio  Branco.  The 
body  is  long,  head  depressed,  lower  jaw  considerably 
larger  than  the  upper ;  it  is  devoid  of  dorsal,  ventral, 
and  caudal  fins ;  the  pectoral,  situate  near  the  head, 
the  anal  reaching  nearly  the  whole  length  of  the 
body.  The  body  is  compressed,  ending  at  a  keel 
at  the  anal  fin;  scaling  very  small,  deciduous, 
elliptical ;  lateral  line  running  above  the  middle  of 
the  body ;  nostrils  double,  one  pair  on  the  snout, 
and  one  pair  further  back ;  eyes  situate  nearer  the 
snout  than  the  middle  of  the  head,  small,  and  of  a 
dark  colour;  the  tongue  round  and  fleshy;  teeth 
double  rows,  five  in  both  jaws ;  the  gill-lids  smooth 
and  opening  in  an  oval  hole.  It  lives  an  hour  or 
more  after  being  taken  from  the  water,  is  used  for 
food,  and  is  taken  with  small  hooks  baited  with 
worms.  The  intestines  are  long,  and  have  appen- 
dices attached  to  the  stomach  and  intestines.  There 
are  several  species  of  this  fish,  varying  in  colour 


^ 


] 

£*ui 


GENUS  TRYGON.  175 

and  size,  found  in  the  rivers  of  Guiana,  but  none 
have  now  come  under  notice  on  this  expedition  but 
the  specimen  from  which  the  drawing  was  made, 
which  is  of  the  natural  size ;  it  differs  in  colour  from 
all  the  others." 

Humboldt  discovered  another  small  species  of 
Gymnotus  in  the  river  Madelina,  which  he  has 
named  G.  cequilaliatus^  to  distinguish  it  from  the 
others,  which  have  a  considerable  inequality  in  ihe 
length  of  the  lips,  or  rather  jaws.  It  is  used  as 
food,  and  in  some  parts  it  was  considered  as  a  luxury. 
It  possessed  no  galvanic  properties.  The  form  is 
somewhat  like  that  which  we  have  now  figured, 
but  at  the  caudal  extremity  tapers  nearly  to  a 
narrow  thread,  from  which  it  has  received  the  pro- 
vincial appellation  of  "  El  Raton."  The  colour 
above  is  dark  olive,  shading  into  silvery  below  the 
lateral  line. 


We  have  now  examined  all  the  drawings  belong- 
ing to  one  great  natural  division  of  fishes,  those  with 
osseous  skeletons ;  in  the  fresh  waters  of  any  country 
the  cartilaginous  species  are  of  rare  occurrence,  their 
large  size  and  predaceous  habits  requiring  for  them 
a  wider  range ;  several  species  of  small  rays,  however, 
are  found  at  a  considerable  distance  inland  in  several 
of  the  Guiana  rivers ;  three,  those  of  which  we  pos- 
sess drawings,  approach  nearest  to  the  genus  Trygvn, 
while  a  fourth  we  can  reconcile  with  no  characters 
to  wm>\h  we  have  access;  and  it  is  possible  that 


176  GENUS  TRYGON. 

these  entirely  fresh-water  skates  may  be  found  to 
vary  considerably  in  their  structure  and  economy. 
Of  the  first,  our  author  thus  writes  : — 

"  "We  are  informed  by  Linnaeus  that  the  Rai/a^ 
or  Rays,  are  exclusively  inhabitants  of  the  seas.  I 
think  a  species  has  since  been  described  by  D'Or- 
bigny  as  inhabiting  fresh-water  rivers ;  Guiana, 
however,  possesses  several  species,  which  conse- 
quently will  prove  new  to  Ichthyology.  Their  form 
is  not  different  from  those  of  the  salt-water  rays, 
and  they  are  generally  armed  with  spines;  some 
with  the  back  more  or  less  spiny,  tuberculous,  or 
smooth.  The  spine  or  prickle,  in  the  fresh- water 
Trygon  is  an  equally  dangerous  weapon  as  that  of 
its  congeners  which  inhabit  the  sea,  and  wounds 
inflicted  with  it  cause  frequently  severe  inflamma- 
tion. As  they  generally  frequent  such  places  of  the 
river  where  the  bottom  is  sandy,  and  in  which  they 
bury  themselves,  in  order  the  easier  to  entrap  their 
prey,  the  Indians  use  the  greatest  precaution  when 
they  are  obliged  to  draw  their  canoes  over  such 
shallow  places.  I  have  known  several  instances 
where,  nevertheless,  wounds  have  been  inflicted, 
and  a  swelling  of  the  part,  and  in  some  instances 
feverish  symptoms  have  been  the  consequence.  The 
Indians  use  sometimes  the  leaves  of  the  aromatic 
guava  (Pisldium  parviflorum,  Beuth),  which  grows 
so  abundantly  among  the  rocks  in  the  rivers  of  the 
interior,  and  after  having  pounded  them,  they  are 
put  on  the  wound,  but  I  do  not  think  with  much 
eflect,  at  least  not  in  those  cases  where  I  saw  it 


GENUS  TRYGON.  177 

applied ;  laudanum  in  the  first  instance,  and  after- 
wards warm  poultices  of  cassada-bread  to  subdue 
the  inflammation,  appeared  to  me  the  most  effec- 
tive remedy.  The  pain  which  the  wound  causes  to 
the  individual  appears  to  be  excruciating ;  no  won- 
der, therefore,  that  the  Indian  is  likewise  under  the 
idea  that  the  spine  which  inflicts  that  wound  is 
poisonous.  The  spine  being  serrated  on  each  side 
with  barbs  and  hooks,  recurved  towards  the  base, 
it  may  be  expected  that  the  wound  becomes  dan- 
gerous from  its  jagged  nature,  while  the  extraction 
must  cause  additional  laceration.  Dr.  Hancock  has 
known  the  part  to  mortify  and  to  slough  off,  and 
then  the  healing  process  went  on  favourably.  I 
have  no  doubt  that  much  depends  upon  the  state  of 
health  of  the  individual  who  is  wounded,  and  the 
cases  which  I  have  witnessed  fortunately  never 
came  to  those  extremes. 

"  The  spines  are  sometimes  double,  and  I  bara 
seen  an  instance  where  there  were  three.  One  is 
generally  larger  than  the  other;  no  doubt  a  prori 
sion  of  Nature,  that  in  case  one  was  to  break  off, 
the  animal  may  not  be  entirely  deprived  of  its  wea- 
pon of  defence.  These  barbs  are  deciduous,  and 
their  size  depends  much  on  that  of  the  individual. 
The  Indians  of  the  interior  use  these  spines  to  arm 
their  arrows  with;  but  among  many  hundreds 
which  I  have  seen,  none  reached  the  length  of 
three  inches. 

I  nowhere  observed  these  rays  in   such  abun- 
dance as  in  the  river  Tacutu,  when  that  river  was, 


178  GENUS  TRYGON. 

;n  April  1839,  on  its  lowest  level.  As  they  afford 
tolerably  good  eating,  we  took  some  pains  to  secure 
them.  The  Indian  is  always  armed  with  a  sharp- 
pointed  pole,  which  he  thrusts  before  him  when  he 
is  wading  through  shallow  water  which  he  thinks 
frequented  by  the  sting-ray.  The  yellow  colour  of 
that  fish,  so  much  like  the  sand  in  which  it  buries 
itself,  makes  it  the  more  dangerous;  and  as  it 
strikes  with  the  swiftness  of  an  arrow,  the  wound 
itself  would  be  frequently  the  first  token  of  the 
approaching  danger.  The  pole,  therefore,  serves  as 
a  protection  to  dislodge  the  ray,  which  darts  swiftly 
forward  when  it  finds  that  the  enemy  is  superior  in 
strength.  The  Indian  rushes  after  it,  and  is  gene- 
rally skilled  enough  to  pierce  and  transfix  the  ray 
with  the  pointed  pole.  His  first  operation,  if  he 
has  been  successful,  is  to  cut  off  the  tail  with  its 
dangerous  weapon,  which  he  cuts  afterwards  out, 
ind  preserves  it  carefully  for  arrow-points. 

"  I  have  frequently  observed  that  the  rays,  no 
doubt  in  consequence  of  the  anguish  when  secured 
and  transfixed  by  the  poles,  brought  forth  young 
ones.  The  embryos  are,  no  doubt,  as  this  is  the 
case  with  Squall,  developed  in  the  ova-ducts  or  in 
the  uterus.  The  spawn  is  otherwise  wrapped  in  a 
strong  flat  shell  of  horny  substance. 

"  Shagreen  is  prepared  from  several  species  of 
rays  in  Europe ;  whether  the  rays  of  Guiana  would 
ever  become  of  economical  use  in  that  regard  is 
much  to  be  questioned,  although  they  are  to  be 
found  in  such  numbers;  nor  will  they  prove  of 


GENUS  TRYGON.  17& 

much  interest  to  the  gourmand;  but  I  and  my 
companions  have  fared  on  a  worse  dish  than  a 
stewed  or  boiled  sting-ray  during  our  peregrina- 
tions; we  have  never  despised  it  when  it  con- 
stituted part  of  our  entertainment  in  the  wilds  of 
Guiana." 


220 


MANY-SPINED  TRYGON. 
Trigon  Tiistrix  ?  D'ORBIGNY. 

PLATE  XX. 

Trigon  histiix,  D'Orbig.  Voy.  dans  TAm.  Meriod.  Poiss.  pi.  13  ? 
— CARIB,  MACUST,  and  WARRAU,  Siparri;  PORTUGUESE, 
Araya ;  L.  GERAL,  Jawawure.  Schomb.  Drawings,  No.  1 4. 

THE  drawing  before  us  approaches  very  near  to  the 
figure  given  by  D'Orbigny  under  the  name  we  have 
quoted ;  but  the  dark  markings  of  the  same  shape, 
do  not  seem  to  be  surrounded  by  a  pale  ring  as  they 
are  in  that  figure.  On  our  drawings  there  are  two 
distinct  large  spines  on  the  tail ;  in  the  others  they 
appear  as  if  united,  while  at  the  same  time  double. 
The  dorsal  aspect  also,  of  the  tail,  is  only  repre- 
sented and  described  as  spined ;  while,  in  the  figure 
alluded  to,  the  sides  also  have  each  a  row  nearly  to 
the  very  tip.  In  our  plate  the  lower  fish  will  serve 
to  shew  the  kind  of  marking  represented  by  D'Or- 
bigny. 

"  This  species  was  killed  in  the  River  Roowa, 
and  measures  twelve  inches  in  diameter.  The 
*~feir  is  greenish  brown,  irregularly  spotted  over 
ike  body  with  black  ;  on  the  tail  is  a  row  of  fixed 


MANY-SPINED  TRYGON.  181 

spines  and  two  moveable  ones,  the  latter  two  or 
three  inches  in  length,  which,  from  their  poisonous 
quality,  and  their  being  serrated,  inflict  a  most 
severe  wound,  sometimes  causing;  fever,  and  is 
very  difficult  to  heal ;  they  frequent  the  shallows 
where  there  are  sand-banks,  and  persons  wading 
there  are  often  stung  by  them;  they  dig  round 
holes,  five  or  six  inches  in  depth,  in  which  they  lay 
sometimes  partly  covered  with  sand.  They  are 
good  food,  and  are  taken  by  the  hook  and  with  the 
arrow.  This  fish  is  from  two  to  three  inches  in 
thickness,  whereas  some  of  the  others  do  not  mea- 
sure more  than  one  and  a  quarter.  The  eyes  are 
prominent ;  breathing  holes,  five  on  each  side  of  the 
mouth;  nostrils  double,  near  the  mouth;  mouth 
semilunar ;  teeth,  a  file-like  process.  They  feed  on 
animal  food,  perhaps  sometimes  on  vegetable,  as 
their  means  of  securing  the  former  do  not  seem 
adapted  for  procuring  a  plentiful  supply." 

The  letter-press  to  the  Ichthyological  plates  of 
D'Orbigny  has  not  yet  appeared,  so  that  we  are  ig- 
norant of  his  observations  regarding  the  fish,  to 
which  we  have  temporarily  referred  Mr.  Schom- 
burgk's  drawing. 


182 


OCELLATED  TRYGON. 

Trygon  garra/pa. 

PLATE  XXI. 

L.  GEBAL,  Raya  Garrapa.    Schorrib.  Drawings,  No.  69. 

ALL  the  information  that  we  have  regarding  this 
beautiful  Trygon  is,  that  it  has  "  a  series  of  rough 
flat  teeth,  in  each  jaw,  like  a  file,"  and  that  it  was 
taken  in  the  Rio  Branco  in  April.  The  general 
colour  of  the  drawing  is  a  yellow  umber- brown, 
margined  round  the  disk  with  pale  scienna-red,  the 
whole  covered  with  yellowish  white  spots  sur- 
rounded with  a  dark  margin,  large  in  the  centre  of 
the  body,  and  gradually  decreasing  in  size  outwards, 
where  they  also  become  more  numerous ;  a  single 
row  of  weak  spines  runs  along  the  upper  ridge  of 
the  tail,  which  is  also  armed  about  its  middle  with 
one  large  serrated  spine.  In  the  drawing  the  length 
of  the  tail  about  equals  that  of  the  body  from  its 
insertion  to  the  snout. 


183 


BOUND-WINGED  TRYGOK. 


PLATE  XXII. 
Raya  pintada.    Sckomb.  Draurings,  No.  70. 

"  TAKEN  in  the  Rio  Branco  in  April,"  is  all  the  in- 
formation we  possess  in  regard  to  this  curious  spe- 
cies. It  is  remarkable  for  its  rounded  form,  the 
diameter  taken  either  way  being  nearly  equal ;  the 
tail  also  only  nearly  equals  about  a  third  of  the 
diameter,  and,  thick  at  its  insertion,  becomes  rather 
suddenly  attenuated,  and  is  slender  to  the  tip,  which 
is  armed  at  a  short  distance  from  its  extremity  with 
a  single  serrated  spine.  The  colour  is  a  yellowish 
umber-brown,  with  a  narrow  border  of  dull  reddish 
brown ;  the  whole  surface  covered  over  with  irre- 
gular markings  and  freckles  of  dark  umber-brown. 


184 


SPINE-TAILED  ELIPESURU& 


PLATE  XXIII. 

Sc7umb.  Drawings,  No.  36. 

"  THIS  ray  was  found  in  the  Rio  Branco  at  Fort 
San  Joaqium,  and  here  it  is  called  Naree-naree;  it 
was  eighteen  inches  long,  but  very  thin,  and  was 
without  the  horny  spine  which  is  generally  found 
on  this  genus;  a  number  of  spiny  excrescences 
cover  the  tail,  which  is  much  shorter  than  usual ; 
it  is  of  an  ochreous  colour ;  the  eyes  are  prominent, 
and  nostrils  very  large  ;  like  others  of  the  species, 
they  dig  holee  in  the  sand,  in  which  they  lie  flat, 
and  there  await  their  prey.  They  are  used  for  food, 
but  are  not  preferred  to  others,  and  in  the  dry  season, 
when  other  fish  are  plentiful,  they  are  seldom 
killed.  They  are  about  eighteen  inches  by  fourteen 
and  a  half  or  fifteen,  in  diameter/' 

The  form  is  altogether  remarkable  in  the  short  or 
deficient  tail,  an  organ  among  the  rays  which  is 
generally  in  one  way  or  other  marked  by  consider- 
able developments.  These  seem  to  be  here  confined 
to  the  strong  spiny  excrescences  which  cover  its  base, 


RIVERS  OF  SOUTH  AMERICA.  185 

and  are  the  only  organs  of  defence  with  which  the 
animal  is  furnished.  The  form  of  the  body  is  more 
oval  than  those  we  have  been  examining ;  the  colour 
is  uniformly  of  a  bright  ochreous  yellow,  covered 
with  a  series  of  dark  reticulated  markings. 


These  conclude  the  drawings  which  were  en- 
trusted to  our  care  by  Mr.  Schomburgk,  and  from 
them  and  the  contents  of  these  volumes  generally, 
some  idea  will  have  been  gained  of  the  forms  of  the 
fishes  which  inhabit  the  rivers  of  the  northern  parts 
of  South  America;  but  although  many  of  them 
have  been  considered  as  new  to  science,  a  very  large 
proportion  indeed,  when  it  is  considered  that  Ich- 
thyology was,  as  it  were,  only  a  secondary  object 
with  our  traveller,  we  consider  that  there  are  still 
ample  stores  of  novelty.  In  such  an  extent  of  water 
as  that  which  flows  in  those  mighty  streams,  the 
excursions  of  all  the  travellers  who  have  yet  tra- 
versed parts  of  them  are  as  nothing ;  hundreds  of 
fishes  are  yet  unknown,  and  thousands  of  living 
creatures,  of  remarkable  forms  and  structure,  still 
remain  to  reward  the  zeal  and  energy  of  the  natu- 
ralist who  will  trust  himself  amidst  the  privations 
incident  to  such  expeditions,  or  will  brave  the  seve- 
rity of  climate  and  the  pest  of  some  of  the  minor 
classes  of  these  beings.  "  On  peut  executer  sur 
1' Amazon,  le  Rio  Negro,  et  TOronoque  au  naviga- 


J86  RIYERS  OF  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

tion  non  interrompue  de  1400  lieus  sans  sortir  du 
domain  des  etablismens  monastiques,"  writes  Hum- 
boldt;  and  what  a  field  is  there  not  here,  without 
crossing  the  boundary  from  comparative  civilization, 
for  every  species  of  investigation.  Again,  the  same 
author  states,  "  Le  Cassiquare,  par  example,  forme 
une  ligne  navigable  entre  deux  bassins  de  rivieres  * 
(I'Amazone  et  1'Oronoque)  dans  1'area  est  a  190,000 
lieues-carrees.  La  temperature,  la  profondure,  et  la 
vitesse  aes  eaux,  leur  limpidite,  leur  proprietes  chi- 
miauea  le  lit  des  fleuves  tantot  bossux,  tantot  rem- 
pli  d  ecueils  influent  puissant  sur  1'organization 
animale."  If  arrangements  can  be  made  to  exceed 
these  bounds,  and  to  trace  these  rivers  to  their 
scources,  there  is  another  as  extensive  field  entered 
upon,  and  ground  altogether  unbroken  to  be  sur- 
veyed. The  dangers  and  difficulties  are  undoubt- 
edly great,  but  the  rewards  just  as  undoubtedly 
certain.  After  making  these  remarks,  and  before 
closing  the  volume,  we  have  thought  it  right  to  bring 
together  a  few  of  the  species  observed  by  Humboldt 
and  more  lately  by  D'Orbigny,  and  which  do  not 
seem  to  have  occured  to  Mr.  Schomburgk ;  so  that 
as  little  of  our  present  knowledge  as  possible  may 
be  withheld  from  future  investigators  ;  and  we  shall 
take  them  in  the  order  which  has  been  already 
followed. 

Among  the  Loricaringe  and  Siluridse,  with  which 
we  commenced  our  first  volume,  we  introduced  a 
short  notice  of  most  of  the  allied  fishes  which  should 


DB.  TRAIL'S  SILURUS.  187 

come  among  them ;  but  in  the  Transactions  of  the 
Wernerian  Society,  there  is  a  description  and  figure 
of  a  Silurus  which  does  not  seem  to  he  alluded  to 
in  the  volumes  of  Valenciennes,  Dr.  Trail  has 
obligingly  furnished  us  with  his  original  notes  and 
drawing,  and  a  copy  from  the  latter  is  now  intro- 
duced. 


188 


BARKER'S  SILURU& 


PLATE  XXIV. 

Silurus  ParJccrii,  Dr.  Trail,  Trans.  Wern.  Soc.  vol.  vi.  p.  66c. 

THIS  species  will  range  among  the  Bagn  or  Fime- 
lodi  ;  at  the  same  time,  we  have  kept  the  generic 
name  which  Dr.  Trail  applied.  His  description  is 
as  follows  :  —  "  It  would  appear  to  be  a  common 
species  in  the  muddy  waters  of  the  rivers  of  Guiana 
where  they  mingle  with  the  sea  ;  and  it  is  found  at 
a  considerable  distance  from  the  coast.  When  taken, 
it  is  used  as  an  article  of  food.  When  received, 
the  specimen  measured,  in  length,  three  feet  four 
inches  ;  at  the  circumference  of  the  first  dorsal  fin, 
one  foot  eleven  inches  ;  and  it  weighed  twenty-seven 
pounds. 

"  The  true  Dutch  name  is  undoubtedly  Geelbmck, 
or  yellow-belly.  The  upper  parts  are  of  a  fine  olive- 
green  ;  the  sides  and  belly  of  a  rich  yellow.  The 
body  is  thickest  at  the  first  dorsal  fin  ;  and  its  sec- 
tion there  would  be  nearly  circular.  It  tapers  quick- 
ly, yet  equally,  towards  the  tail,  where  it  is  slender  ; 
the  head  is  broad,  flat,  and  compressed.  The  vertex 
is  defended  by  a  rough  bony  plate  of  considerable 


j 
I 


PARKER'S  SILURTJS.  189 

firmness,  which  sends  off  two  posterior  appendices 
towards  the  upper  part  of  the  branchial  apertures  ; 
the  middle  of  its  posterior  margin  is  notched  to  re- 
ceive the  apex  of  a  very  strong  heart-shaped  bone, 
the  lobes  of  which  reach  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin. 
This  shield  or  plate  is  rough,  with  bony  granulations, 
of  a  larger  size  than  those  of  the  armour  of  the  head, 
and  is  obtrusely  carinated  towards  its  posterior 
part. 

"  The  head  is  very  broad ;  the  mouth  is  wide, 
terminal,  and  furnished  with  numerous  minute  teeth, 
which  are  rather  intended  for  holding  fast,  than 
biting  the  prey  of  the  animal.  These  teeth  are 
thickly  placed  on  the  edges  of  the  mouth,  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  resemble  the  hairs  of  a  very  stiff 
brush.  They  are  arranged  in  two  groups  about  half 
an  inch  wide,  on  each  jaw,  reaching  along  the  whole 
aperture  of  the  mouth,  and  are  divided  in  front  by 
a  single  furrow.  Two  convex,  oblong  bones,  of  con^ 
siderable  size,  and  furnished  with  similar  teeth,  form 
the  osseous  palate  of  the  fish.  The  eyes  are  small, 
placed  rather  above  the  line  of  the  mouth,  and  more 
than  an  inch  and  a  half  from  its  angles.  There  are 
six  tentacula  or  cirrhi  on  the  lips.  The  longest  pair 
are  on  the  upper  jaw,  very  near  the  angles  of  the 
mouth,  and  measure  full  eight  inches  in  length.  The 
next  pair  are  more  than  an  inch  below  the  lower 
jaw-bone,  and  measure  four  inches  and  a  half.  The 
shorter  pair  are  placed  near  the  middle  of  the  lower 
jaw,  and  measure  two  inches  and  a  half. 

"  The  first  ray  of  pectoral  and  first  dorsal  fins  con- 


190  PARKER'S  SILURUS. 

sists  of  a  strong  and  slightly  incurvated  bony  spine, 
with  a  rough  granular  surface  and  a  serrated  con- 
cave edge;  the  sharp  apices  of  these  spines  form 
powerful  weapons  of  offence  and  defence  for  the 
naked  body  of  the  fish.  The  pectoral  spine  is  a 
little  more  curved  than  that  of  the  dorsal  fins :  all  of 
these  spines  are  moveable,  apparently  by  means  of 
strong  muscles.  The  length  of  the  dorsal  spine  is 
six  inches  and  a  half,  that  of  the  pectoral  spines 
nearly  six  inches.  Besides  its  bony  spine,  there  are 
seven  rays  in  the  first  dorsal  fin ;  but  there  are  no 
rays  in  the  second,  which  is  adipose,  but  not  very 
thick.  The  number  of  rays  in  each  pectoral  fin, 
exclusive  of  the  spine,  is  eleven.  The  two  ventral 
fins  are  three  inches  apart,  and  each  of  them  seems 
to  have  six  rays.  The  ventral  and  anal  fins  have  a 
deep  red  colour  in  the  recent  fish ;  the  latter  has 
eighteen  rays.  The  tail  is  deeply  forked,  and  has 
thirty  rays.  The  lateral  line  is  slightly  waved ; 
the  air-bladder  lies  below  the  heart-shaped  bony 
shield,  and  is  attached  to  the  first  vertebra."  It  was 
named  by  Dr.  Trail  in  honour  of  Charles  S.  Parker, 
Esq.  of  Liverpool. 


191 


PRISTIGASTER.. 

Among  our  drawings,  there  were  few  which  had 
been  arranged  by  any  ichthyologists  among  the 
Clupeadse,  a  very  great  proportion  of  which  are 
marine  in  their  habits.  The  only  genus  included  in 
the  Brazilian  fishes  which  has  any  claim  is  a  re- 
markable one,  destitute  entirely  of  ventral  fins,  and 
Caving  the  ridge  of  the  belly  furnished  with  a  line 
of  prominent  serrated  processes,  from  which  the 
generic  name  of  Pristigaster  has  been  given.  The 
fish  represented  is  the  P.  Martii,  Agass.  It  is  a 
small  herring-formed  fish,  with  the  belly  round  and 
much  protruding,  and  lined  with  the  serratures 
which  appear  like  a  fringe ;  the  anal  fin  unusually 
long.  The  back  and  upper  part  of  the  fish  ia 
bluish  grey,  shading  into  silvery  white ;  the  scaling 
very  large ;  length  of  the  fish,  three  inches.  The 
genus  will  be  always  distinguished  by  the  abdominal 
processes  and  the  want  of  the  ventral  fins.  It  was 
found  in  the  mouths  of  the  river  Amazon.  For- 
mula of  the  fins, 

D.  3/12— P.  12— A.  48. 


D'Orbigny  has  figured  another  fish,  under  the 
same   generic   name,  P.  jlavipennis,   having  very 


192  GENUS 

small  ventrals  ;  but  baring  as  yet  no  letter-press  to 
this  work,  we  have  no  information  beyond  the 
figure,  which  has  also  a  rounded  belly,  though  not 
so  disproportionate,  and  strong  serrated  processes. 
The  pectoral,  dorsal,  and  caudal  fins  are  tinted  with 
yellow. 


The  Salmonida,  in  particular  forms,  as  we  have 
seen,  appear  rather  extensively;  these,  however, 
are  none  of  them  typical,  and  Humboldt,  when  al-. 
luding  to  the  geographical  distribution  of  fishes  in 
those  countries,  remarks  that  "  no  species  of  Salmo 
inhabits  the  Andes  which  I  have  examined."  Ano- 
dus  and  Calceus  take  the  place  of  Coregonus  and 
represent  the  Herriugs,  while  the  deep-formed  Ser- 
rasalmones  and  Tetragonopteri  are  analogous  to  the 
Cyprini  and  Salmon  Carps,  though  much  more  vora- 
cious and  formidably  armed. 

In  addition  to  those  we  have  noticed  in  the  pre- 
vious volume,  there  is  introduced,  in  the  Brazilian 
fishes,  two  species  of  Anodus,  said  to  inhabit  the 
rivers  of  Brazil.  The  one  A.  elongatu*t  a  fish  of 
considerable  elegance,  closely  resembling  in  form 
some  of  the  Coregoni,  olive  above  shading  "into  a 
golden  colour;  also  A.  latior,  likewise  resembling 
some  of  the  deeper  formed  European  Coregoni, 
nearly  of  the  same  colours  with  the  last,  but  with 
very  small  scaling.  The  second  dorsal  fin  in  both 
these  fishes  is  fimbriated  at  its  posterior  apex. 


J93 


HYDROCYON, 

The  genus  Hydrocyon  seems  to  exist  in  consider- 
able abundance  in  many  of  the  rivers,  though  few 
specimens  were  procured  in  Guiana;*  and  in  the 
Brazilian  fishes,  Raphiodon  of  Agassiz  takes  its 
place.  He  has  characterised  it, 

"  RAPHIODON,  Agassiz. — Caput  parvum,  compressissimnm. 
Oculi  magni  laterales.  Os  maximum  oblique  desoen- 
dens.  Dentes  validissimi,  acutissime,  cum  minoribus 
alternantes,  in  ossibus  intermaxillaribus  minoribus  mar- 
ginem  tantum  anteriorem  maxillae  superioris  confor- 
mantibus,  et  in  mandibula ;  ossa  maxillaria  superiora 
longa,  angusta.  Lateralia  dentibus  minoribus  obsita. 
Lingua  magna,  prominens,  apice  libera.  Apertura 
branchialis  maxima.  Membrana  branchiostega  radiis  4 
gracilibus.  Caput  elongatum,  compressum,  squamis 
parvis  abductum ;  abdomen  acute  carinatum  sed  non 
serratum.  Pinnae  pectorales  magna?,  ventrales  parvae, 
analis  latissima." 

Both  the  specimens  which  are  figured  (but  under 
the  name  of  Cyonodon  (have  very  strongly  armed 
jaws  and  a  wide  mouth ;  the  ventrals  very  small ; 
while  the  anal  fin  covers  more  than  a  third  of  the 
lower  line  of  the  fish.  In  many  of  these  we  have 
some  dark  spot  or  other  marking,  as  we  have  seen 
so  frequently  among  the  fishes  from  those  parts  of 
South  America. 

*  See  Vol.  I.  p.  227. 


194  CURIMATUS. 


We  have  also  several  species  of  the  genus  Saurum 
remarkable  for  their  large  reptile-looking  head,  fur- 
nished with  numerous  teeth.  These  are  represented 
hoth  in  the  Brazilian  Fishes  and  by  D'Orbigny  ;  but 
the  genus  is  of  more  marine  habits,  frequenting  the 
coasts,  and  the  mouths  of  the  rivers,  which  they 
appear  to  visit  at  certain  periods,  as  stated  of  L. 
longirostris,  probably  for  the  purpose  of  spawning. 

In  addition  to  the  drawings  of  Mr.  Schomburgk, 
one  or  two  which  were  not  made  under  his  immediate 
inspection,  and  for  the  accuracy  of  which  he  could 
not  vouch,  were  also  put  into  our  hands;  one  of 
these,  a  bold  uncoloured  sketch,  so  strongly  resembles 
a  fish  figured  by  D'Orbigny,  Curimatw  oltusidens^ 
that  we  think  it  right  to  give  a  figure  from  his 
Plate. 


//     \^  Or    Int 

((TJNIVEESITY 

V  )  y 


195 


BLUNT-TOOTHED  CURIMATA. 

Owrimatus  obtiisidens,  D'ORBIGNY. 

PLATE  XXV. 

Civrimatus  obtusidens,  D'Orbig.  Atlas,  pi.  8. 

Two  species  are  ulaced  bv  D'Orbigny,  armed  with 
strong  teeth,  and  distinguished  by  these  weapons 
being  in  the  one  sharp-pointed,  in  the  other  blunt. 
They  seem  to  stand  near  to  Characinus,  but  having 
no  characters  or  descriptions,  we  do  not  know  the 
modifications  of  form  or  the  views  which  D'Orbigny 
takes  of  their  situation.  The  fish  we  have  repre- 
sented is  of  a  rather  elegant  salmon-form,  is  coloured 
greyish  above,  shading  into  silvery,  the  lower  fins 
being  yellow ;  but  it  is  chiefly  conspicuous  by  three 
oval  dark  spots  placed  on  the  lateral  line,  the  first 
below  the  dorsal  fin,  the  last  on  the  insertion  of  the 
tail.  The  species  named  acutidens  is  nearly  of  the 
same  colours,  but  the  head  is  more  disproportionally 
large,  and  the  body  is  deeper  from  the  dorsal  fin 
downwards;  the  lateral  line  is  also  marked  with 
three  spots,  somewhat  similar,  though  slightly  dif- 
fering in  their  position. 


196  CYCLJLA. 

Upon  the  same  Plate  we  have  also  the  figure  of  a 
fish  to  which  the  generic  name  Pacu  is  applied, 
P.  lineatus;  it  will  range  apparently  among  the 
salmon  carps  or  Prochilodi ;  it  is  a  handsome  spe- 
cies, olive  shading  to  silvery,  and  it  is  marked 
longitudinally  with  twelve  dark  narrow  lines.  The 
colouring  may  have  perhaps  been  somewhat  lost  in 
transportation. 


In  the  genus  Cychla,  and  in  that  form  to  which 
we  have  considered  it  as  more  particularly  restricted, 
we  have  seen  that  the  rivers  of  Guiana  were  parti- 
cularly rich ;  a  single  species  of  this  form  is  repre- 
sented in  the  Brazilian  F&K*, 


197 


SINGLE-OCELLATED  CYCHLAr 

Cychla  monoculus,  AGASSIZ. 

PLATE  XXVI. 

Cychla  monoculus,  Agass.  Spix,  Pise.  Bras.  tab.  lxi&  p.  100. 

AND  we  have  been  induced  to  give  a  figure  of  it  as 
a  marine  species,  if  it  should  eventually  be  found 
to  continue  generically  associated  with  those  of  the 
rivers.  No  information  is  given  respecting  it,  whether 
it  occasionally  or  at  certain  times  enters  the  rivers  ; 
u  Habitat  in  Mari  Brasilicce"  is  all  our  informa- 
tion. The  form  appears  to  agree ;  the  ground 
colour,  above  olive  shading  into  reddish  yellow, 
is  marked  with  the  usual  bands,  and  there  is  a 
single  occellated  spot  on  the  base  of  the  tail,  car- 
rying through  also  that  kind  of  spotting.  Formula 
of  the  fins, 

D.  15/16— P.  15— V.  6— A.  3/11— C.  5/13/5. 

In  the  second  volume  of  Humboldt's  Zoological 
Researches,  three  species  of  Cychla  are  described, 
from  the  Oronoco,  which  seem  all  distinct  from  th<; 


J98  RIVERS  OP  GUIANA. 

drawings  we  have  had  under  examination,  though 
they  are  characterised  by  similar  bands  and  ocel- 
lated  spots;  one  of  these,  of  very  rich  colouring, 
has  been  represented,  and  we  now  give  a  copy  from 
+he  figure. 


199 


CYCHLA  OF  THE  ORONOCO. 

Cychla  Orinocencis,  HUMBOLDT. 

PLATE  XXVII. 

Cychfa  Orinocencis,  le  Pavon  du  Rio  Negro,  Hiimb.  Zool.  Oba. 
ii.  p.  167,  pi.  xlv. 

"  C'EST  le  plus  beau  poisson  de  revieres  que  nous 
ayons  vu.  II  atteint  de  1  a  3  pieds  de  longeur,  et 
appartient  a  la  famille  des  percoides  a  dorsale 
unique  et  continue.  Les  taches  blues,  bordees  d'un 
cercle  d'or,  brillent  du  plus  vif  eclat.  Elles  rappel- 
lent,  comme  indique  le  nom  Espanol  de  ce  poisson, 
les  yeux  de  la  que  du  paon.  En  examinant  avec 
un  loupe  les  ecailles  qui  forment  les  zones  blues  et 
cloiees,  on  est  frappe  de  cette  action  particuliere 
des  vaisseaux  qui  traversent  les  ecailles,  et  dans 
lesquelles  le  pigment  qui  forme  les  zones  de  la 
tache  se  depose  vers  la  pointe,  vers  le  milieu,  on 
vers  la  base,  selon  que  1'exige  le  contour  de  la 
figure  entiere.  Quelle  est  cette  action  chimique 
(voltaique)  que  semble  emaner  d'un  centre  coni- 
mun  ?  »Se  fluide  qui  circule  dans  un  meme  vaisseau 
prend  il  des  teintes  differentes,  selon  Tinfluence 
locale  des  parois  et  des  tegumens  de  ces  vaiseaux, 
ou  cbaque  pigment  est-il  depose  par  des  organes 


200  CYCIILA  ATABAPENSI8. 

particulieres  ?  Ces  memes  questions  de  physiologic 
se  presentent  lorsqu'on  examine  les  taclies  a  bandes 
concentriques  formees  par  la  poil  de  quelques  mam- 
miferes  carnivores,  et  par  le  bosses  de  plumes  des 
oiseaux,  surtout  du  Phasianus  argus^  du  P.  pictus, 
et  des  oiseaux  de  proie  nocturnes." 

The  Baron  adds,  that  he  had  frequently  eaten 
this  fish  on  the  banks  of  the  Oronoco  and  Rio  Negro; 
and  that  it  proved  an  agreeable  food.  It  was  named 
by  the  Caridaquere  Indians  "  Saupa."  The  tem- 
perature of  the  Rio  Negro  was  at  this  time  24°  of 
the  Centigrade  thermometer. 

Other  two  species  are  slightly  described,  from  the 
rivers  in  the  same  districts,  and  names  were  at  the 
time  imposed  upon  them  in  reference  to  the  parts 
where  they  were  much  sought  after  by  the  indi- 
genous Indians  as  an  agreeable  food. 

C.  ATABAPENSTS,  Povondu  Rio  Atabasso^  is  found 
in  those  parts  of  the  Oronoco  where  the  waters  are 
not  thick  or  muddy ;  but  the  varieties  having  the 
finest  flavour  are  those  of  the  river  Atabasso,  where 
the  waters  are  dark  and  chrystalline.  It  is  of  the 
same  form  with  the  last ;  but,  instead  of  the  four 
spots,  has  four  very  large  transverse  bands,  of  a 
bluish  black,  bordered  with  golden. — It  is  added  in 
a  note  that  M.  Valenciennes  supposes  with  propriety 
that  the  C.  atabapensis  is  the  C.  ocellaris  of  Schnei- 
der. The  comparison  of  our  copy  of  Schneider's 
plate  with  the  above  short  descriptive  characters, 
may  help  this  decision.  The  other  species  is, 


C.  TEMENSIS.  201 

C.  TEMENSIS.  Povon  du  Temi.  Of  the  same  form, 
without  transverse  bands,  but  with  four  rows  of 
small  yellow  spots.  A  single  very  large  spot  upon 
the  tail. 

Among  the  drawings  alluded  to  as  not  made  under 
the  superintendence  of  Mr.  ^chomburgk,  we  have 
a  slightly  coloured  sketch,  which  we  wish  to  intro- 
duce for  the  sake  ot  recording  and  drawing  attention 
to  the  form. 


202 


THE  PACAMAH  OF  GUIANA. 

Lopiius  ?  pacamak. 

PLATE  XXVIIL 

THE  drawing  approaches  nearer  to  the  form  of  Lo- 
phius  than  any  other,  though  we  have  no  traces  of 
the  long  filaments  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  head, 
neither  of  a  first  dorsal  fin.  The  drawing  is  of  a 
uniform  olive,  blotched  with  a  darker  shade ;  the 
pectoral  fins  represented  disproportionally  large. 
The  provincial  or  native  name,  by  which  it  may  be 
again  recognized,  is  that  which  we  have  provisionally 
applied  as  a  specific  title,  "  Pacamah."  Perhaps  it 
may  range  with  Batrarchus. 


With  the  exception  of  the  "  Voyage  dans  1'Ame- 
rique  Meridionale"  of  D'Orbigny,  where  unfortu- 
nately we  have  not  yet  the  letter-press  which  is  to 
accompany  the  Plates,  we  have  a  greater  number 
of  species  noticed  in  the  two  volumes  of  Zoological 
Researches  by  the  Baron  Humboldt  than  by  any 
other  author ;  many  of  them  did  not  occur  to  our 
traveller  within  the  range  which  he  took,  and  al- 
though several  of  them  are  beyond  the  limits  which 


GUAPUCHA.  203 

the  title  of  our  volumes  indicate,  a  short  summary 
of  them,  taken  from  the  two  volumes  alluded  to, 
and  particularly  from  the  memoir  entitled  "  Re- 
serches  sur  les  Poissons  Fleuvatiles  de  rAmerique 
Meridioiiale,"  may  be  useful. 

In  writing  of  the  distribution  of  fishes,  and  com- 
paring that  of  South  America  with  the  Alpine  parts 
of  Europe,  he  remarks,  *6  no  species  of  Salmo  in- 
habits any  parts  of  the  Andes  which  I  have  exa- 
mined; the  last  fishes  which  are  met  with  in  the 
rivulets  and  lakes,  at  1 400,  or  J  600  toises,  are  of 
the  genus  Paecilia,  Pimelodus,  and  two  genera  of  a 
very  remarkable  foTm,Eremophilits  and  Astroblepus; 
at  1800  or  1900  toises  the  Alpine  lakes  under  the 
equator  no  longer  contain  fishes;  and  he  does  not 
attribute  this  fact  to  the  ice  which  covers  the  lakes, 
for  the  Laguna  de  Mica,  on  the  plain  of  Antisana, 
east  of  Quito,  at  an  elevation  of  2100,  is  free  from 
ice  almost  at  all  seasons  ;  yet,  if  we  understand  the 
Paron  correctly,  it  is  destitute  of  fishes. 

Near  Santa-Fe  de  Bogota,  a  small  fish  was  pro- 
cured, under  the  native  name  of  Guapitcka.  It  was 
found,  perhaps  exclusively,  at  an  elevation  of  1360 
toises  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  in  the  cool  waters  of 
the  little  stream  Bogota,  which  traverses  the  plateau 
of  Santa  Fe,  and  precipitating  itself  by  the  celebrated 
Fall  of  Tequendama,  mingles  its  waters  under  the 
name  of  Rio  Tocama,  with  those  of  the  Magdalena. 
The  species  is  referred  by  Valenciennes  to  the  genus 
Pecilia,  Cuv.,  a  group  of  small  fishes  inhabiting 
the  fresh- waters  of  South  America,  characterised  by 


204  CURIM  vrus  AMAZONUM. 

a  depressed  head,  and  the  muzzle,  as  it  were,  in  the 
shape  of  an  angle,  and  by  having  five  rays  to  the 
gill  membrane ;  the  body  is  compressed  and  covered 
with  rather  large  scales,  which  occur  also  on  the  head 
and  opercula,  which  are  without  either  spines  or  den- 
ticulations ;  and  several  of  the  species  are  known  to 
be  viviparous.  Humboldt  has  named  his  species 
P.  Bogotensis,  from  three  to  four  inches  long,  of  a 
yellowish  green,  with  a  longitudinal  silvery  stripe 
running  nearly  along  the  centre  of  the  body;  the 
tail  bifid  ;  swimming-bladder  double.  In  addition, 
Valenciennes  mentions  another  species  from  the 
fresh  waters  of  Brazil,  about  two  inches  in  length, 
of  a  dull  green,  yellowish  beneath,  and  marked  on 
each  side  with  a  black  spot,  anterior  to  the  dorsal 
fin. 

A  single  species  of  the  genus  Fundulus,  Lacep  , 
is  considered  to  inhabit  the  fresh  waters  of  Brazil, 
F.  BraziliensiS)  Yalenc.  In  this  genus  the  dorsal 
and  anal  fins  are  opposite ;  the  teeth,  many  on  each 
lip,  setaceous ;  gill-membrane  with  four  rays.  By 
some  it  has  been  placed  among  the  Esoces.  The 
genus  is  chiefly  North  American,  the  type  Colitis 
heteroclita,  Linn. 

A  fine  species,  CURIMATUS  AMAZONUM,  Le  Bo- 
quichico  de  I'Amazone,  was  taken  in  the  High  Ma- 
ragnon,  opposite  the  cataract  of  Keetema,  at  an 
elevation  of  200  toises.  This  species  Valenciennes 
considers  very  nearly  allied  to  the  Salmo  edentulus, 
Bloch.,  which  he  places  in  the  same  genus.  Hum- 
boldt's  fish  is  of  a  greenish  white,  silvery;  with  large, 


PIMELODUS  ZUNGARA.  205 

round,  and  loose  scales;  no  teeth.     Length  about 
seventeen  inches.     Formula  of  the  fins, 

D.  8/10— P.  14— V.  9— C.  20— Br.  4. 

As  elsewhere  in  these  regions,  the  Siluridae  seem 
to  have  been  frequent ;  one  large  species  is  described 
and  figured,  and  four  others  are  slightly  indicated, 
all  differing,  with  perhaps  one  exception,  from  those 
which  we  have  already  described. 

PIMELODUS  ZUNGARO.  Le  Zungaro  de  VAmazone. 
It  was  found  in  the  Amazon  near  to  Tomependa, 
and  was  said  by  the  natives,  who  use  it  as  food,  to 
reach  a  size  of  six  or  seven  feet  in  length.  It  pos- 
sesses two  d  >rsal  fins;  is  of  an  olive  colour,  marked 
all  over  with  black  spots,  and  is  furnished  with  six 
cirrhi, — two  on  the  upper,  four  on  the  lower  jaw. 
The  fin  formula  is  given, 

1st  D.  7  ;  2d  D.  adip.— P.  13— V.  10— -A.  10— C.  22— Br.  4. 

A  species  of  Serra-salmo,  of  considerable  size,  is 
described  under  the  name  of  "  Le  poisson  Caribe  de 
1'Oronoque  ;"  it  approaches  nearest  to  the  S. piranha 
of  the  previous  volume,  being  pale  coloured,  the 
back  and  dorsal  fin  greenish,  the  ventral  and  anal 
fins  orange.  In  manners  it  agrees  with  S.  niger  ; 
the  observations  of  Humboldt  confirming  those  of 
Mr.  Schomburgk  in  regard  to  the  rapacious  habits 
of  several  of  the  genus,  which  attack,  not  only 
animals,  but  the  natives,  while  bathing  and  swim- 
ing,  "  emportant  des  morceaux  de  chair  consider- 
ables* 


206  PACU. 

Humboldt  also  met  with  the  pacu,  perhaps  one 
of  those  described  by  Schomburgk;  it  is  styled 
"  Le  paco  de  I'Amazone,"  myletes  paco.  The  form 
compressed,  the  outline  of  the  back  arched ;  the 
colour  greenish  white,  the  body  covered  with  small 
scales.  He  confirms  the  accounts  of  the  exquisite 
flavour  which  these  fish  are  said  to  possess,  although 
the  accessary  ribs  are  numerous  and  troublesome. 


a 
1 


207 

THE  GUAVINA  OF  TAOARIGUA. 

Erytkrinus  guavi'na^  HUMBOLDT. 

PLATE  XXIX. 

A  SPECIES  of  Erythrinus,  or  of  a  fish  allied  some- 
what to  it,  was  procured  in  Lake  Valencia  or  Taca- 
rigua,  at  an  elevation  of  220  toises  above  the  sea. 
It  is  named  provisionally  Eryihrmus  guavina  ;  but 
M,  Valenciennes,  in  his  Notes,  seems  to  have  some 
hesitation  in  referring  it  to  the  old  genus,  thinking 
that  it  may  form  the  type  of  one  entirely  new.  It 
is  a  remarkable  species,  extremely  voracious ;  the 
teeth  pointed,  stand  in  an  arrangement  of  one 
large,  with  a  smaller  on  each  side,  or  to  appear- 
ance, in  the  sketch,  of  a  tricuspid  tooth ;  under  the 
throat  there  is  a  loose  fleshy  dependent  membrane, 
of  which  the  use  is  not  hinted  at ;  the  scales  large, 
round,  and  loosely  imbricated,  the  centre  and  mar- 
gins olive.  It  is  about  twenty  inches  in  length.  The 
colours  are  said  to  be  a  silvery  yellow,  the  fins 
green,  and  in  the  Plate  these  are  represented  as 
barred  narrowly  and  transversely  with  a  darker 
shade.  It  is  said  to  be  the  prey  of  a  large  Saurian 
reptile  called,  by  the  native  inhabitants,  Bava.  We 
have  thought  it  would  assist  researches  by  giving  a 
figure  from  Humboldt's  representation  of  this  curious 
fish,  and  would  also  invite  attention  to  the  large 
Saurian. 


208  SMABIS  LINEATUS. 

A  fibh  from  the  Laguno  do  Colluca,  which  Baron 
Humboldt  was  assured  was  of  fresh-water,  is  re- 
ferred by  Valenciennes  to  the  Spare  JBreton  of 
Lacepede,  and  named  Smarts  lineatus, — "  White ; 
the  back  greenish ;  the  body  with  eight  or  nine 
longitudinal  bands."  It  is  provincially  named  Mox- 
ara,  but  there  appears  to  be  a  little  doubt  whether 
the  lake,  not  far  distant,  is  entirely  without  com- 
munication with  the  sea. 

These  are  the  principal  species  mentioned  in  the ' 
paper  by  Humboldt  previously  alluded  to ;  but  we 
have  yet  to  notice  the  remarkable  form  Eremophiliis^ 
a  fish  supposed  to  belong  to  the  family  of  the 
Loaches,  but  regarding  which  M.  Valenciennes  has 
expressed  his  views  in  a  paper  added  to  the  second 
volume  of  the  "  Reserches." 


209 


UNARMED  EREMOPHILUS. 

Erenwpliilus  mutisii,  HUMBOLDT. 

PLATE  XXX.    FIG.  1. 

Eremophilus  mutisii,  Capitame  de  Bogota,  Humb.  Obs.  Zool. 
i.  p.  17;  Valen.ii.  341. 

THE  EREMOPHILUS  was  discovered  by  Humboldt  in 
the  little  river  Bogota,  which  forms  the  famous  cata- 
ract of  Tequendama,  in  the  kingdom  of  New  Grena- 
da, at  an  elevation  of  1347  toises ;  and  is  named  as 
above,  as  a  record  of  the  solitude  which  reigns  at 
these  great  elevations,  and  in  the  waters,  which  are 
scarcely  inhabited  by  any  other  living  creature. 
M.  Valenciennes  having  examined  specimens  from 
the  same  localities,  afterwards  procured  for  him  by 
the  interest  of  M.  Humboldt,  has  considered  this 
fish  as  belonging  to  the  Siluridae,  representing  an 
unarmed  form  among  them.  Our  figure  will  give 
an  idea  of  the  form  of  this  singular  fish ;  the  body 
is  covered  with  a  strong  mucus;  the  colour  is  a 
greyish  blue,  spotted  with  olive-green ;  these  spots, 
of  an  undulated  form,  are  in  some  species  of  a  yel- 
lowish tint;  the  head  is  flattened;  and  the  mouth, 
placed  at  the  extremity  of  the  snout,  is  narrow; 
the  upper  lip,  lengthened  and  folded,  exceeds  the 


210  UNARMED  EREMOPHILUS. 

under,  and  is  furnished  with  six  fleshy  barbules,  of 
which  the  exterior  are  longest;  two  others,  short 
and  partly  tubular,  are  placed  above  the  nostrils ; 
the  extremity  of  the  lips  furnished  with  hair-like 
teeth;  the  eyes  very  small,  and  covered  with  a 
semi-transparent  membrane,  as  in  the  Gymnoti  and 
Murence.  The  length  of  this  fish  is  from  ten  to 
twelve  inches.  It  forms  an  agreeable  aliment,  and 
is  eaten  by  the  inhabitants  of  the  capital  of  Santa- 
Fe  during  Lent.  M.  Valenciennes  adds,  regarding 
its  internal  structure,  which  appeared  not  to  be 
easily  made  out  from  the  state  of  his  specimens,  that 
the  intestinal  canal  was  simple,  long,  folded  four 
times  upon  itself,  and  having  numerous  bands  be- 
tween each  fold ;  the  oesophagus  and  stomach  firm, 
a  long  tube  which  occupies  three-fourths  of  abdo- 
minal cavity.  There  is  no  swimming-bladder.  The 
formula  of  the  fins  is, 

D.  4/11— P.  9— A.  3— C. 11/13/12— Br.  6. 

Another  fish,  very  nearly  allied,  has  been  procured 
by  Valenciennes  from  the  vicinity  of  Rio  Janeiro. 

A  very  curious  fish  was  also  discovered  in  the 
little  river  Palace,  near  to  Passayan,  to  which  M. 
Humboldt  has  given  the  name  of  Astroblepus  grix- 
alvii ;  Valenciennes,  though  he  had  not  seen  addi- 
tional specimens,  considered  that  it  also  belongs  to  the 
Silurian  family :  a  very  short  description  is  given  of 
this  species.  The  length  of  Humboldt's  specimen  is 
about  fourteen  inches ;  the  colour  is  blackish  olive, 
-**  form,  particularly  that  of  the  head,  rather  broad 


ASTROBLEPUS  GRIXALVII.  21  i 

and  flat ;  the  eyes,  as  indicated  by  the  name,  placed 
vertically,  and  very  small;  the  mouth  terminal, 
having  a  barbule  at  each  angle  ;  all  the  fins  having 
the  first  ray  lengthened  to  a  short  filament,  which 
is  also  the  case  with  the  two  exterior  ravs  of  the 
tail.  The  formula  of  the  fins  is, 

P.  10— A.  7— C.  12— Br.  4. 

Another  fish,  having  very  remarkable  facts  at- 
tached to  its  history,  is  also  described  by  this  great 
traveller;  and  we  are  not  aware  that  subsequent 
researches  have  thrown  aay  further  light  upon  its 
history;  it  if 


212 


THE  PIMELODUS  OF  THE  VOLCANOS. 

Pimelodus  cyclopum,  HUMBOLDT. 

PLATE  XXX.     FIG.  2. 

THIS  small  species,  about  four  inches  in  length  (a 
variety  appearing  scarcely  to  exceed  two  inches),  is 
found  in  the  rivulets  and  lakes  in  the  kingdom  of 
Quito,  at  an  elevation  of  1700  toises,  and  where 
the  temperature  of  the  water  is  about  10*  of  the 
Centegrade  thermometer.  It  is  of  an  olive  colour, 
marked  with  small  dark  spots;  the  mouth  large, 
is  terminal,  and  is  furnished  with  two  barbules  on 
the  upper  jaw ;  the  eyes,  very  small,  are  placed  in 
the  middle  of  the  head;  and  the  skin  is  covered 
with  a  thick  and  strong  mucus.  It  is  occasionally 
eaten,  but  only  by  the  lower  classes  of  Indians,  the 
mucosity  of  the  skin  rendering  it  very  disgusting. 
The  formula  of  the  fins  is, 

1st  D.  6— P.  9— V.  5— A.  7— C.  12— Br.  4. 

The  singular  fact  in  the  history  of  this  fish  is, 
that  from  the  volcanos  in  the  vicinity  it  is,  during 
the  periodical  eruptions,  discharged  in  thousands; 
and  in  a  state  so  perfect,  as  to  show  little  muti- 


THE  PIMELODUS  OP  THE  VOLCANOS.     213 

lation  either  from  scorching  or  from  the  effects  of 
the  hot  water  with  which  it  is  discharged.  Baron 
Humboldt  states,  that  in  turning  over  the  records 
kept  by  the  small  villages  in  the  vicinity  of  Coto- 
paxi,  he  found  mentioned,  that,  on  the  lands  of 
the  Marquis  Selvalegre,  so  large  a  quantity  was 
thrown,  that  a  putrid  odour  was  spread  over  the 
country.  The  almost  extinct  volcano  of  Imbaburu, 
in  1691,  discharged  thousands  over  the  plains  sur- 
rounding the  village  of  Ibarra,  and  to  the  miasmita 
which  occurred  from  them,  fevers  were  attributed ; 
and  from  another  volcano,  in  1698,  thousands  were 
also  thrown,  encased  in  argillaceous  balls.  Humboldt 
is  of  opinion  that  these  volcanos  contain  subterra- 
nean lakes,  from  whence  the  supply  is  afforded,  the 
numbers  in  the  little  rivulets  around  being  com- 
paratively small ;  he  adds,  many  of  these  rivulets 
may  communicate  with  these  subterranean  caverns ; 
and,  that  the  first  Pimelodi  which  have  stocked 
them  must  have  ascended  against  the  stream.  In 
supposing  this  to  account  for  the  numbers  destroyed 
by  eruptions,  we  must  conceive  their  producers  to 
be  very  abundant.  Does  the  spawn  and  the  young 
also,  in  part  at  least,  afford  nourishment  to  the 
adults  ?  or  in  what  manner  does  a  fish  supposed  to 
have  been  indigenous  to  the  open  streams  support 
itself  in  these  subterranean  abodes  ?  or  has  it  been 
the  reverse,  and  have  the  "  waters  under  the  earth" 
supplied  the  comparatively  few  specimens  which 
exist  in  the  small  streams  ?  We  do  not  gather  from 
the  text  that  Humboldt  saw  specimens  of  the  fish 


214          THE   PIMELODTJS   OF   THE   VOLCAKOS. 

which  had  been  expelled ;  and  it  is  only  from  the 
united  testimony  of  the  inhabitants  that  he  con- 
siders the  snbterranean  fish  identical  with  that 
existing  in  the  streams,  of  which  the  native  name 
is  Prenadella. 


.-A\  i 


QL 


:8II:JftiiS&: 
msMsi&BRSSiffl 


ill